E-Catalogue About XINHAI Equipment

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 162
At a glance
Powered by AI
The document discusses various mining equipment and case studies from Xinhai Mining.

The catalog discusses crushing, screening, grinding and flocculant equipment.

The ultrasonic slurry concentration meter can monitor concentrations from 0.2% to 80% with a resolution of 0.1% and precision of ±2.5% FS.

SHANDONG XINHAI MINING TECHNOLOGY & EQUIPMENT INC.

(836079)

www.xinhaimining.com

YANTAI, CHINA

TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT


APPLICATION
CASES

700t/d Copper Beneficiation


Plant in Chile

800t/d Graphite Plant in


700t/d Gold Plant in Zimbabwe Vietnam

1000t/d Fluorite Ore in


1200t/d Gold CIL Plant in Tanzania 300t/d Gold Plant in Iran Chengde,China

1500t/d Cu-Pb-Zn Beneficiation


Plant in Armenia

6000t/d Gold Flotation Plant in


Shandong, China 700t/d Gold CIL Plant in Malaysia
CATALOGUE

CATALOGUE

■ CRUSHING
Jaw Crusher ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………02
Spring Cone Crusher …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 03
Single Cylinder Hydraulic Cone Crusher     ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………  04
Hammer Crusher   …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………06
Impact Crusher………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………06

■ SCREENING
Circular Vibrating Screen ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………08
Auto Centering Vibrating Screen  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………10
Mining Single Shaft Vibrating Screen………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………11
DZS Linear Vibrating Screen……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 12
High-efficiency High-frequency Dewatering Screen ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 13
High-Frequency Fine Mesh Vibrating Screen  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………14

■ GRINDING
High-efficiency Autogenous Mill………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………16
Wet Energy-saving Grid Ball Mill………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………16
Wet Energy-saving Overflow Ball Mill ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………18
Cone Grid Ball Mill  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………19
Cone Overflow Ball Mill……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 20
Wet Grid Ball Mill  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………21
Wet Overflow Ball Mill…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………22
Wet Rod Mill  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 23
Wet Long-cylinder Ball Mill  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 24
Special Vertical Mill for Graphite  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………25
MTM Raymond Mill  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 26

■ CLASSIFYING
XCI Hydrocyclone   …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………28
XCII Classification & Concentration Hydrocyclone    ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………29
XCIII Hydrocyclone  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………30
XC Ⅳ Hydrocyclone………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………31
High Weir Spiral Classifier  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 31
Submerged Spiral Classifier ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 32

■ FLOTATING
XJ Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell   ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 34
GF Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 35

- I -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

SF Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell   …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………36


JJF Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………37
BF Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………38
CLF Air-inflation Flotation Cell   …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………39
XCF Air-inflation Flotation Cell  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………40
KYF Air-inflation Flotation Cell  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………41
BSK Air-inflation Flotation Cell …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………42
BSF Air-inflation Flotation Cell ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 43
XHF Air-inflation Flotation Cell………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 44
High-efficiency Energy-saving Circular Flotation Cell  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 45
Cyclonic Micro-bubble Flotation Column  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 46

■ AGITATING
High-efficiency Agitation Tank ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 48
High-temperature Agitation Tank ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………48
Lifting Agitation Tank……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………49
High-concentration Agitation Tank …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………49
Ordinary Agitation Tank………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………50
Cone-bottom Agitation Tank    ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………50
Reagent Agitation Tank  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………51
Pickling Agitation Tank…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………51

■ GRAVITY SEPARATING
Diaphragm Jig…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………54
Centrifugal Separator  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………54
Sawtooth Wave Jig  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………55
XS Shaking Table…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 56
XY Shaking Table…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 57
BLL GRP Spiral Chute… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………58

■ MAGNETIC SEPARATING
Dry Separator with Eccentric Rotating Magnetic System…………………………………………………………………………………………………………60
Permanent Magnetic Roller ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………62
Permanent Magnetic Drum Magnetic Separator  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………63

■ THICKENING
Updated High-Efficiency Thickener………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 66
High-efficiency Thickener……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………67
Center Transmission Thickener…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………68
Thickener with Peripheral Roller Transmission……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………68
Flocculant Feeding Device …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………69

- II -
CATALOGUE

Thickener with Peripheral Rack Transmission………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………70


Flocculant Agitation Tank……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………70
High-Efficiency Deep-Cone Thickener …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 71
Automatic Control Device of High-Efficiency Thickener……………………………………………………………………………………………………………71
Hydraulic Pressure Center Transmission Thickener……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………72
Vibration Inclined-Plate High-Efficiency Thickener ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………73

■ FILTERING
Ceramic Vacuum Filter…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………76
Automatic Hydraulic Chamber Filter Press……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………77
Fast Open High Voltage Polypropylene Diaphragm Filter Press   ……………………………………………………………………………………………78
Belt Filter Press………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………79
Disk Vacuum Filter   ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 80
Permanent Magnetic Vacuum Filter  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………81
Pressure Water Tank ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………81
Single-cylinder Auto-draining Filtrate Tank ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 82
Electromagnetic Auto-draining Filtrate Tank ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 82
Double-cylinder Auto-draining Filtrate Tank   ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 82

■ CYANIDING
Double-impeller Leaching Agitation Tank  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………84
Double-deck Scrubbing Thickener   ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 85
Cylindrical Filter  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………85
Deoxidation Column ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………86
Triple-deck Scrubbing Thickener………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………86
Spiral Zinc Powder Feeder  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………87
Belt Zinc Powder Feeder  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 87
Automatic Zinc Powder Mixer  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………87
Disc Zinc Powder Feeder  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………88
Power-driven Zinc Powder Mixer …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 88
Air Lifter……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………88
Carbon-lifting Pump …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 89
Carbon Screen  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………89
High-efficiency Low-consumption Rapid-desorption Electrowinning System  ………………………………………………………………… 89
Carbon Regeneration System ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………92

■ GOLD-SMELTING
Revolve Gold-smelting Furnace  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………94
Casting Bogie with Silver Anode ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………94
Casting Mould for Gold and Silver Ingot  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 94
Cone Casting Mould for Alloy……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………94
Silver Electrolytic Cell  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………95

- III -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Electrolyte Preparation Vessel  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………95


High Voltage Cell of Silver Electrolyte  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………95
Low Voltage Cell of Silver Electrolyte  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………95
Sump for Electrolytic Waste Solution   ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………95
Silver Powder Filter………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………96
Water (Vitriol) Scale Tank……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………96
Generation/Absorption Column ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………96
Pickling Tank……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………96
Liquid-storage Tank of High Position……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 96
Liquid-storage Tank of Low Position ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 97
Titanium Reaction Kettle ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………97
Vitreous Enamel Reaction Kettle  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………97
WGR-1 High-frequency Induction Gold-melting Electric Furnace  ……………………………………………………………………………………… 98
Non-core Induction Melting Furnace with Intermediate Frequency……………………………………………………………………………………98
Titanium Pump Under Liquid ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………98

■ SLURRY PUMP AND VALVE


XPA Wear-resistant Rubber Slurry Pump…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 100
XPAII High-Head Wear-resistant Rubber Slurry Pump…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 101
XPB Slurry Pump…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………102
Wear-resistant Pinch Valve    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 103
Clamp Gapless Valve …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………104
Tee Check Valve  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………104

■ NONMETAL PROCESSING
Hindered Settler …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………106
High-efficiency Agitation Scrubber ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………107
Chamber Agitation Scrubber …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………107
Screw Tank Scrubber …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………107
Decagonal Screen ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………108
Bucket Elevator with Sand-water Separation…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 108
High-efficiency Agitation Tank  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………108
Delivery Processor  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………109
Desliming Bucket   ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………109
Slurry Distributer   ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………110

■ DRYING
Rotatory Kiln   ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………112
Disc Granulator……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………113
Rotatory Dryer ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………114
Cyclone Separator………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………115

- IV -
CATALOGUE

■ FEEDING
Heavy-duty Plate Feeder………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 118
Middle-duty Plate Feeder ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 119
Light-duty Slat Feeder……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 120
Chute Feeder ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 121
Disk Feeder  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………122
Pendulous Feeder……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 123
Electromagnetic Vibrating Feeder  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 124
Belt Feeder  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 125
ZSW Vibrating Feeder ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 126
GZG Inertial Vibrating Feeder………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 126

■ TRANSPORTING
TD75 Belt Conveyor  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 130
DTII Belt Conveyor………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………131
Belt Conveyor with Waved Guard Side  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………132
Movable Belt Conveyor ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………134
Bucket Lifter………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 135
Screw Conveyor  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………137
Narrow Gauge Wagon ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………138

■ DEDUSTING
RFS Bag Dust Remover  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 140
Chamber Jetting Bag Dust Remover …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 140
HE High-efficiency Dust Remover Assembly………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………142
CCJ/A Dust Remover Assembly………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………143
Spray Wet Dust Remover………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 144

■ IRON REMOVING
Electromagnetic Iron Remover……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 146
JTQ Metal Detector…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 146

■ AUTOMATIC CONTROL
Electronic Belt Scale ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 148
Numerical Control Agent Feeder  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 149
Flocculant Preparation Equipment ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 151
Auto-control & Measurement Device for Flocculant  …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 151
Ultrasonic Slurry Concentration Meter ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 152

- V -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ APPENDIX
Flow Chart of Gold All Sliming CIL Plant …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 153
Production Flow Cyaniding Plant of Gold Concentrate………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 154
Production Flow of Gold Flotation Plant…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 155
Flow Chart of Copper-Lead-Zinc Dressing Plant ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 156
Production Flow of Molybdenum Flotation Plant…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 157
Production Flow of Quartz Sand Concentrate ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 158
Production Flow Chart of Graphite Plant…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 159
Production Flow of Fluorite Flotation Plant……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 160
Production Flow of Magnetite Grinding + Magnetic Separation Plant …………………………………………………………………………… 161
Production Flow of Hematite Magnetic Separation + Reverse Flotation Plant …………………………………………………………… 162

- VI -
■ CRUSHING
Jaw Crusher

Spring Cone Crusher

Single Cylinder Hydraulic Cone Crusher

Hammer Crusher

Impact Crusher
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ CRUSHING

Jaw Crusher
Principle
Through cyclical movement of mobile jaw that swings around fixed
jaw, materials between the two jaws are extruded, which causes
crushing effect.
Features
Large reduction ratio, optimum design of cavity, and high crushing
efficiency.
High revolution speed of mobile jaw and curved jaw plate make high
production capacity.
Application
Jaw crusher is widely used in mineral processing, building materials,
silicate and chemical industry. In mineral processing industry
production, it is commonly used for coarse & intermediate crushing of
hard or medium hard ores.

Technical Parameters
Outlet Rotating Speed Motor
Inlet Dimension Max. Feed Capacity Overall Dimension Weight
Type Model Dimension of Eccentric Power
(mm) Size (mm) (t/h) (mm) (kg)
(mm) Wheel (r/min) (kW)
PE100×150 100×150 5~20 80 0.5~2 300 2.2 525×535×605 230
PE150×250 150×250 10~40 125 2~6 300 5.5 875×745×935 1100
PE200×350 200×350 10~50 160 6~10 300 7.5 1080×1060×1088 1600
PE250×400 8~26 1108×1090×1392 2396
250×400 20~60 210 300 15
ZGPE250×400 8~16 1430×1316×1296 2800
PE250×500 13~45 1360×1450×1440 3100
250×500 20~80 210 300 18.5
ZGPE250×500 13~21 1425×1420×1417 3300
PE400×600 25~64 1650×1748×1520 5800
Ordinary 400×600 40~100 350 275 30
ZGPE400×600 14~36 1716×1736×1653 6500
Crushing
PE500×750 275 1900×1876×1821 9000
500×750 50~120 400 30~80 45
ZGPE500×750 250 1980×2024×1920 12000
PE600×900 2280×2245×2320 16700
600×900 75~200 480 56~192 250 75
ZGPE600×900 2280×2245×2320 14500
ZGPE750×1060 750×1060 80~235 630 108~256 250 90 2450×2472×2795 28000
ZGPE900×1200 900×1200 95~265 750 186~398 200 110 3335×3182×3025 50000
ZGPE1100×1400 1100×1400 150~300 950 250~600 193 132 3900×3040×3875 70000
ZGPE1200×1500 1200×1500 160~320 1000 280~700 190 160 3800×3040×4150 82000
PEX150×750 18~48 1210×1572×1045 2800
150×750 120 8~25 320 15
ZGPEX150×750 10~40 1240×1586×1025 3500
PEX200×1000 200×1000 20~55 160 12~50 330 22 1860×1385×1200 5200
Fine ZGPEX250×750 250×750 20~60 210 10~45 320 30 1751×1400×1515 4900
Crushing PEX250×1000 1550×1990×1370 6500
250×1000 20~50 210 15~50 330 30
ZGPEX250×1000 1650×1958×1460 6800
ZGPEX250×1200 250×1200 20~60 210 20~60 320 45 1650×2170×1465 9000
ZGPEX300×1300 300×1300 25~65 250 20~80 330 55 1980×2456×1740 11500
Note: ZG-Cast steel shell crusher; X-Fine crushing crusher.

- 02 -
CRUSHING

Spring Cone Crusher

Principle
The rotation of eccentric sleeve driven by motor makes cranking motions
of movable eccentric cone and fixed cone, which achieves the purpose of
crushing.
Features
The suspension of moving cone is supported by ball bearings.
Water-sealing dustproof device is used for lasting seal.
Application
Spring cone crusher is mainly used for intermediate & fine crushing of
various hardness of ores.

Technical Parameters
Diameter of Adjustment Range
Inlet Dimension Max. Feed Size Motor Power Capacity
Type Model Crushing Cone of Outlet
(mm) (mm) (kW) (t/h)
(mm) (mm)
PYB-600/75 600 75 65 12~25 30 40
PYB-900/135 900 135 110 15~50 55 50~90
PYB-1200/170 1200 170 145 20~50 110 110~168
Standard
PYB-1750/250 1750 250 215 25~60 155 280~480
PYB-2100/350 2100 350 280/210 500~800
300 30~60
PYB-2200/350 2200 350 280 500~1000
PYZ-900/70 900 70 60 8~20 55 20~65
PYZ-1200/115 1200 115 100 8~25 110 42~135
Middle-sized
PYZ-1750/215 1750 215 180 155 175~320
10~30
PYZ-2200/275 2200 275 230 280 200~580
PYD-600/40 600 40 35 30 12~23
3~13
PYD-900/50 900 50 40 55 15~50
Short Head PYD-1200/60 1200 60 50 3~15 110 18~105
PYD-1750/100 1750 100 85 155 75~230
5~15
PYD-2200/130 2200 130 100 280 125~350

- 03 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Single Cylinder Hydraulic Cone Crusher


Principle
The motor drives the eccentric shaft to revolve in fixed outer cone through belt
pulley and gear assembly centering on the theory vertical line. The movable inner
cone and the eccentric shaft revolve at the same time, and the inner cone does the
reciprocating rotary oscillation in crushing cavity. When the movable inner cone
gets close to the fixed outer cone, the ores between them will be crushed. When
the movable inner cone is away from the fixed outer cone, the crushed ores will be
discharged because of its own gravity. When the material that cannot be crushed
falls into the crushing cavity, the single cylinder hydraulic at the bottom will control
the movable inner cone to fall, by which the discharge outlet can be adjusted and
the blocked ore can be discharged.
Features
PYY series single cylinder hydraulic cone crusher, is a kind of cone crusher with
world advanced technology, high crushing efficiency, low operation cost, and good
shape of the end products.
PYY series single cylinder hydraulic cone crusher is designed for optional variety of
cavities. By selecting suitable cavities and eccentricity, it ensures the producing demand of customer in maximum and
realizes high capacity.
The discharge outlet can be adjusted timely and conveniently with hydraulic adjusting design, which realizes full load
operation, lowers wear parts consumption and reduces operation cost.
Adopting advanced hydraulic technology, overload protection can be realized effectively, which simplifies the structures
and reduces its weight. All maintenance and inspection can be fulfilled on the top of crusher, which ensures easy
maintenance.
Application
It is widely used in mining and gravel aggregate industry, suitable for crushing various materials with medium hardness
or above such as iron ore, nonferrous metals ore, granite, limestone, quartzite, sandstone, cobble, etc.

Technical Parameters of PYY Series Single Cylinder Hydraulic Cone Crusher

Inlet Dimension Max. Feed Size Min. Outlet Dimension (mm) Max. Feed Dimension (mm) Power Weight
Model Cavity
(mm) (mm) Stroke Stroke Stroke Stroke Stroke Stroke (kW) (t)
16 22 16 22
A 150 120 12 15 39 37
PYY100 B 130 105 10 11 33 31 90 6
C 100 85 7 9 33 30
D 40 32 5 6 31 29
18 25 18 25
A 220 180 18 22 35 30
PYY200 B 150 120 15 19 35 30 160 10.6
C 80 60 9 12 35 30
D 40 32 6 8 35 30
25 32 25 32
A 230 190 20 25 45 40
PYY300 B 150 125 17 20 45 40 250 18.5
C 80 60 10 13 40 35
D 40 32 6 8 40 35
25 32 40 25 32 40
A 230 180 22 26 30 50 45 40
PYY500 B 150 125 19 22 26 48 43 38 315 22.5
C 100 80 12 14 16 40 35 30
D 50 40 8 10 12 30 25 20

- 04 -
CRUSHING

Tight Selvedge Outlet (mm) and Corresponding Production Capacity (t/h)


Model Stroke
8 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45
16 35~40 45~55 55~65 65~75 75~85 90~100 105~115
PYY100
22 45~50 55~65 65~75 75~90 85~105 100~125 115~135
18 65~75 75~90 85~105 100~125 135~150 160~175 170~190
PYY200
25 90~110 110~130 125~155 160~180 185~210
25 100~120 110~135 130~160 150~180 170~200 200~230 230~260 250~290 270~310
PYY300
32 110~135 130~150 160~200 180~220 200~250 230~280 260~310 280~320 300~340
25 100~120 120~150 140~170 160~190 190~220 220~250 250~280 280~310 330~370
PYY500 32 150~170 170~200 200~230 250~270 280~300 310~340 370~420 430~500
40 180~200 210~240 250~280 300~330 330~380 370~420 430~500

Technical Parameters of Medium Crushing Type


Min. Outlet Dimension Max. Feed Dimension
Inlet Dimension Max. Feed Size (mm) (mm) Power Weight
Model Cavity
(mm) (mm) (kW) (t)
Stroke Stroke Stroke Stroke Stroke Stroke
16 22 16 22
PYYZ100 A 250 210 35 35 65 60 75-90 8.3
B 200 170 35 35 65 60
18 25 18 25
PYYZ200 A 330 280 27 30 65 60 110-160 11.8
B 250 210 25 28 60 55
25 32 25 32
PYYZ300 A 380 320 28 32 73 69 160-250 20
B 280 240 26 30 66 62
18 25 32 18 25 32
PYYZ500 A 500 420 50 55 60 80 75 70 250-315 33
B 380 320 40 45 60 70 65 60

Tight Selvedge Outlet (mm) and Corresponding Production Capacity (t/h)


Model Stroke
35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75
16 135~150 145~165 155~175 165~185 175~190 180~205      
PYYZ100
20 160~180 170~200 180~210 190~220 200~230 205~235      
18 160~190 180~210 200~230 230~250 250~270 270~300      
PYYZ200
25 190~240 210~260 230~280 260~310 290~340 310~370      
25 250~300 290~340 320~350 350~380 380~410 410~440 440~470    
PYYZ300
32 340~390 370~420 400~440 430~470 470~500 500~510 530~540    
18     300~350 330~380 370~420 400~450 430~480 460~510 500~550
PYYZ500 25       500~550 550~600 600~650 650~700 700~750 750~800
32       650~700 700~750 750~800 825~875 900~950 950~1000

- 05 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Hammer Crusher

Principle
Hammer Crusher is composed of rack, rotor, sieve bar, hammer, etc. Motor
drives rotor through transmission belt, and materials are crushed due to the
collision between hammer and materials produced by the rotation of rotor.
Application
Hammer Crusher is suitable for crushing materials such as coal, gypsum, alum,
and limestone. The compressive strength of materials is no more than 1000 kg/
cm², and the humidity is no more than 15%.

Technical Parameters
Model Rotation Diameter (mm) Discharge Size (mm) Max. Feed Size (mm) Capacity (t/h) Power (kW)
PC-φ600×400 φ600 10~30 100 12~15 18.5
PC-φ600×600 φ600 10~30 100 12~18 30
PC-φ800×700 φ800 10~45 200 13~35 37
PC-φ800×800 φ800 10~45 200 13~40 37
PC-φ1000×1000 φ1000 8~60 300 30~80 55
PC-φ1000×1300 φ1000 8~60 200 35~100 110
PC-φ1000×1500 φ1000 8~60 300 40~100 132
PC-φ1200×1600 φ1200 10~70 500 100~250 160

Impact Crusher
Principle
Materials are crushed by impact force. The motor drives high-speed rotation
of rotor; materials collide with plate hammer on the rotor, and are crushed
due to the high-speed impact of plate hammer; materials affected by
crushing will be struck back on lining plate to crush again; finally they will be
discharged from outlet.
Adjustment of the clearance between back striking rack and rotor rack can
change discharge size and material shape.
Application
Impact crusher is used in metallurgy, mining, cement, chemical, refractory
materials and ceramic industry, as well as the highway construction, water
conservancy project, crushed stone in architecture, mechanism sand
processing, etc.
Technical Parameters
Spec. & Model Rotor Diameter (mm) Outlet Clearance (mm) Max. Feed Size (mm) Capacity (t/h) Motor Power (kW)
PF-φ1000×700 φ1000 ≤30 250 15~30 37
PF-φ1000×1000 φ1000 ≤45 250 30~80 75
PF-φ1200×1000 φ1200 ≤45 300 60~120 110
PF-φ1200×1400 φ1200 ≤50 300 100~160 132
PF-φ1300×1500 φ1300 ≤50 300 100~250 220

- 06 -
■ SCREENING
Circular Vibrating Screen

Auto Centering Vibrating Screen

Mining Single Shaft Vibrating Screen

DZS Linear Vibrating Screen

High-Efficiency High-frequency Dewatering Screen

High-Frequency Fine Mesh Vibrating Screen


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ SCREENING

Circular Vibrating Screen

Principle
Circular vibrating screen is mainly composed of screen box, screen mesh, vibrator, damping springs, etc. Mounted on
the side plate of the screen box and driven by the motor through V belt, the vibrator rotates, generates centrifugal
force, and drives the vibration of the screen box, which is the vibrating object with the motion likely circular movement
trail. During the period, materials with the particle size smaller than the diameter of sieve pore will fall down to the
lower layer, and become screen underflow. Materials with the particle size larger than the diameter of sieve pore will
be discharged from the outlet through continuous jumping. Ultimately, the screening is finally completed.
Features
The motion trail of this kind of vibrating screen is similar to a circle, and therefore, it is referred to as circular vibrating
screen. As a kind of high-efficiency new vibrating screen with multi layers, circular vibrating screen has the following
features:
Vibrator with eccentric shaft and eccentric block enables stable operation and highly efficient screening.
Step out of materials stuck in the mesh prevents sieve blocking.
Low stress damping spring enables low noise during operation.
Ultra-heavy large clearance bearings enable low operating temperature and long service life.
The frame structure of ring-grooved rivet and plate-type screen box enables high structural strength of screen frame.
World renowned wear-resistant rubber mesh can be provided.
Application
Applicable for material classification in the industries such as mineral processing, coal dressing, construction materials,
electric power and chemical engineering; applicable for the dewatering, desliming, medium drainage, etc.

- 08 -
SCREENING

Technical Parameters
Screen Surface Max. Feed Size Motor
Model Capacity (t/h) Weight (kg)
Area (m2) Dip Angle (° ) Mesh Size (mm) (mm) Model Power (kW)
YA1236 80~240 Y160M-4 4905
4.3
2YA1236 80~240 Y160M-4 5311
200 11
YA1530 4.5 6~50 80~240 Y160M-4 4675
YA1536 100~350 Y160M-4 5137
2YA1536 100~350 Y160L-4 15 5624
5.4
YAH1536 30~150 400 160~650 Y160M-4 11 5621
2YAH1536 30~150;6~50 160~650 Y160L-4 15 6045
YA1542 6~50 110~385 Y160M-4 11 5515
6.5
2YA1542 30~150 110~385 Y160L-4 6098
200
YA1548 6~50 120~420 Y160L-4 5918
7.2 15
2YA1548 20 6~50 120~420 Y160L-4 6321
YAH1548 7.2 30~150 200~780 Y160L-4 6842
400
2YAH1548 7.2 30~150 ;6~50 200~780 Y160L-4 7404
YA1836 6.5 30~150 140~220 Y160M-4 11 5205
200
2YA1836 6.5 30~150 140~220 Y160L-4 15 5946
YAH1836 6.5 30~150 220~910 Y160M-4 11 5900
400
2YAH1836 6.5 30~150;6~50 220~910 Y160L-4 15 6353
YA1842 7.6 6~150 140~490 Y160L-4 15 5829
200
2YA1842 7.6 6~150 140~490 Y160L-4 15 6437
YAH1842 7.6 30~150 450~800 Y160L-4 15 6352
400
2YAH1842 7.6 30~150 ;6~50 450~800 Y160L-4 15 7037
YA1848 8.6 200 150~525 Y160L-4 15 6289
6~50
2YA1848 8.6 200 150~525 Y160L-4 15 6624
YAH1848 8.6 30~150 400 250~1000 Y160L-4 15 7122
2YAH1848 8.6 30~150 ;6~50 400 250~1000 Y160L-4 15 7740
YA2148 10 6~50 200 180~630 Y180M-4 18.5 9033
2YA2148 10 6~50 200 180~630 Y180L-4 22 10532
YAH2148 10 13~200 400 270~1200 Y180M-4 18.5 10430
2YAH2148 10 30~150 ;6~50 400 270~1200 Y180L-4 22 11190
YA2160 12.6 6~80 200 230~800 Y180M-4 18.5 9926
20
2YA2160 12.6 6~50 200 230~800 Y200L-4 22 11249
YAH2160 12.6 30~150 400 350~1500 Y200L-4 30 12490
2YAH2160 12.6 30~150 ;6~50 400 350~1500 Y200L-4 30 13858
YA2448 11.5 6~50 200 200~700 Y180 M -4 18.5 9834
YAH2448 11.5 6~50 400 310~1300 Y200L-4 30 11830
2YAH2448 11.5 30~150;6~50 400 310~1300 Y200L-4 30 13012
YA2460 14.4 6~50 200 260~780 Y200L-4 30 12240
2YA2460 14.4 6~50 200 260~780 Y200L-4 30 13583
YAH2460 14.4 30~150 400 400~1700 Y200L-4 30 13096
2YAH2460 14.4 30~150 ;6~50 400 400~1700 Y200L-4 30 14455
Note: "YA" Single layer "YA"/ "2YA" Double layer "2YA"/ "YAH" Single layer heavy screen "YAH"/ "2YAH" Double layer heavy screen "2YAH".

- 09 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Auto Centering Vibrating Screen

Principle
Driven by the motor through the pulley, the eccentric main shaft
integrated with the screen box rotates and generates centrifugal
force, and drives the vibration of circular trail of the screen box.
Features
World renowned wear-resistant rubber meshes with the service
life 10- 20 times as long as that of the steel and 4-6 times as long
as that of polyurethane can be provided.
World renowned wear-resistant rubber spring with long service
life and low noise can be provided. Both the pedestal and
hanged type vibrating screen are available.
The eccentricity of 3-5mm between the large pulley and the
eccentric shaft balances the overall movement of the large
pulley during the vibration of the vibrating screen, and increases
the drive stability.
Application
Applicable for the classification of fine-grained materials in the
industries such as mines, coal, metallurgy, building materials
and chemical engineering.

Technical Parameters
Max. Feed Size Capacity Motor Power Weight
Model Spec. Motor Model Remarks
(mm) (t/h) (kW) (kg)
SZZ0918 20~25 420 Hanged
SZZ0918 900×1800 40 10~30 Y100L1-4 2.2 553 Pedestal
2SZZ0918 20~40 570 Pedestal
SZZ1225 100 1017 Hanged
SZZ1225 100 1466 Pedestal
1250×2500 Y132S-4 5.5
2SZZ1225 100~150 1320 Hanged
2SZZ1225 100 100~150 1870 Pedestal
SZZ1530 1850 Hanged
SZZ1530 1500×3000 90~200 Y132M-4 7.5 2665 Pedestal
2SZZ1530 2963 Hanged
SZZ1540 1500×4000 100 90~200 Y160L-4 15 2865 Pedestal
2SZZ1540 1500×4000 400 90~200 Y160L-4 15 3412 Pedestal
SZZ1836 Y160M-4 11 4500 Hanged
1800×3600 150 100~300
2SZZ1836 Y180M-4 18.5 5616 Pedestal

- 10 -
SCREENING

Mining Single Shaft Vibrating Screen

Principle
Driven by the motor through the pulley, the eccentric main shaft
integrated with the screen box rotates and generates centrifugal force,
and drives the vibration of circular trail of the screen box.
Features
World renowned wear-resistant rubber meshes with the service life 10-
20 times as long as that of the steel and 4-6 times as long as that of
polyurethane can be provided.
World renowned wear-resistant rubber spring with long service life and
low noise can be provided.
Application
Applicable for the classification of fine-grained materials in the industries
such as mines, coal, metallurgy, building materials and chemical
engineering.

Technical Parameters
Double Frequency
Screening Screen Max. Feed Capacity Mesh Size Motor Power Weight
Model Amplitude (time/ Motor Model
Area (m2) Layer Size (mm) (t/h) (mm) (kW) (kg)
(mm) min)
ZD918 1 60 553
1.6 10~30 1~25 6 Y100L-4 2.2
2ZD918 2 50 1000 702
ZD1224 1 1130
2.9 70~210 6~40 0~7 Y112M-4 4
2ZD1224 2 1545
ZD1530 1 1650
4.5 100 6~7 Y132S-4 5.5
2ZD1530 2 2260
90~270 850
ZD1540 1 6~50 2070
6 Y132M-4 7.5
2ZD1540 2 7 2850
ZD1836 6.5 1 100~300 Y160M-4 11 1960
150
ZD2160 12 1 230~540 10~50 8 900 Y180L-4 22 6529

- 11 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

DZS Linear Vibrating Screen

Principle
DZS linear vibrating screen is driven by double vibration motors.
While two vibration motors doing synchronous rotation or counter-
rotation, the exciting force generated by eccentric block is cancelled
out with transverse exciting force, and the longitudinal exciting
resultant force is passed on the whole screen surface, in this way,
the motion track of screening machine is a straight line. There is an
inclination between the exciting force direction and screen surface,
under the action of resultant force of exciting force and material
gravity, the materials on screen surface are thrown up and jumped
forward in a straight line. In this way, the materials screening and
classification are achieved.
Features
Low motor power, which is generally 1/4-1/5 of other kinds of screens.
High screening efficiency.
Lower load transmitted to the base with no special treatment.
Application
Applicable for dewatering, desliming, fluid exhaustion and heavy medium removal for the beneficiation of heavy
medium.

Technical Parameters
Model Screening Area (m2) Amplitude (mm) Motor Model Motor Power (kW) Rotating Speed (r/min)
DZS0412 0.4×1.2
DZS0415 0.4×1.5 YZS-3-6 0.25 970
DZS0612 0.6×1.2
DZS0718 0.7×1.8 2~4
DZS0816 0.8×1.6 YZO-10-6 0.75
DZS0912 0.9×1.2 960
DZS0918 0.9×1.8 YZU-10-6 0.75
DZS1018 1.0×1.8 4~6 YZU-16-6 1.1
DZS1020 1.0×2.0 YZO-20-6 2
950
DZS1225 1.25×2.5 YZU-16-6 1.1
DZS1530 1.5×3.0 3~5 YZU-20-6B 1.5 960
2DZS1530 1.5×3.0 YZO-20-6 2 950
DZS1536 1.5×3.6 YZU-20-6B 1.5 960
2DZS0918 0.9×1.8 4~6 YZU-25-6B 1.5 960
2DZS1018 1.0×1.8 2~4 YZU-20-6B 1.5 960

- 12 -
SCREENING

High-efficiency High-frequency Dewatering Screen

Principle
Xinhai has much unique technologies in dewatering screen design.
The sectional type is used for screen surface: The first section slopes
at 5-degree angle, and the discharge end is higher than feeding one;
the second section slopes at 45-degree angle which can improve the
dewatering effect. With small amplitude and high frequency, the
vibration motor makes the screen very stable. The screen cloth is
interleaved and easy to be installed and replaced. If it works with Xinhai
XCII and XCIII hydrocyclone (As shown in Classifying Part) and Xinhai
high frequency multiple & deep cone thickener, the high-efficiency high-
frequency dewatering screen can process large capacity of materials with
sufficient dewatering and prominent economic effect.
Xinhai dewatering screen is used in domestic silica raw material manufacturing plant, which receives unexpected
result. For example, Xinhai hydrocyclone and dewatering screen are used for dewatering in Anhui Tongda quartz sand
mine and Fujian Mingda silica sand mine. The water content can be reduced to 10% with smooth and steady operation
and low failure rate.
Features
Screen box is riveted overall with high intensity, good stiffness and no thermal stress.
Modularized screen plate and installation with sealing strip make good sealing effect.
The place contacting material is covered with wear-resistant natural rubber so as to have non-corrosibility and wear
resistance.
Low concentration slurry overflow pipe is put behind to increase the dewatering speed.
-5-degree screen surface makes lower water content of discharge.
Wear-resistant rubber damping device makes the screen run stably and durably.
Application
It is suitable for concentrate and tailings dewatering in nonmetal mines such as quartz sand, fluorite and feldspar, as
well as tailings dewatering in metal mines such as gold (Gold processing and CIP plant), lead zinc, iron and copper.

Theoretical Capacity (Dry Materials t/h)


Unit Motor Power (kW) × Quantity
Min. 30% Solid Feeding Slurry Concentration by Volume
(set)
Coarse Sand Approxilly-
Model Coal Fine Theoretically -0.5+0.1(mm) 5(mm) 100%, -0.6(mm)50%, Fine Sand 90% -1(mm)
Specific Gravity 1.5 Specific Gravity 2.7 980 (r/min) 1460 (r/min)
Specific Gravity 2.7
1460 (r/min) 980 (r/min) 1460 (r/min) 980 (r/min) 1460 (r/min) 980 (r/min)
VD6 6~8 10~13 14 28 10 21 2 ×2
VD9 9~12 15~20 21 42 16 32 3×2
VD12 15~19 24~30 33 67 25 50 2.6×2 4×2
VD15 30~35 50~60 63 125 47 94 2.4×4 2.25×4
VD18 35~45 60~80 77 153 57 115 3.7×4
VD21 85~100 225 164
— — — 15 —
VD24 95~110 250 190

- 13 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

High-frequency Fine Mesh Vibrating Screen


Features
High-frequency vibration of screen surface and fixed screen
box: With the vibration exciter fixed on the screen box, the
exciter force drives the vibration screen surface of the vibrating
system. With the vibration system designed in the near-resonant
working state, the required vibrating parameters can be achieved
with a smaller driving force. As the screen box is fixed without
movement, through the second damping bearing, the dynamic
load of the whole set is very small. It can be easily placed and
installed with no special foundation to be made.
With high-frequency vibration of screen surface, the frequency of
50 Hz, the amplitude of 1-2 mm, and the vibration strength of 8-10
times the gravitational acceleration, the vibration strength of it
is 2-3 times that of ordinary vibrating screen. With high screen
surface self-cleaning ability, high efficiency, and large capacity,
it is very suitable for the screening and dewatering of fine powder materials with the feeding size limit of 15 mm, and
particle grading size of 0.043-3 mm.
The screen surface is composed by three layers of different flexible meshes. The bottom layer is polyurethane support
layer with steel cord and direct contact with the vibration excitation device. On the support layer, the compound
mesh boded by two layers of stainless steel wire mesh is laid in tension. The upper layer of the compound mesh is in
contact with the materials. The mesh aperture size should be determined according to the screening requirements.
The aperture ratio of the mesh is high with long service life. There are hooks installed at both ends of the mesh, which
is convenient for tensioning installation. The feeding buffer screen deck can ensure the smooth and uniformity of
materials, reduce the material impacts on the meshes (compound mesh), and prolong the service life.
The installation angle of the screen can be easily adjusted to suit different material properties and different screening
operation. As for the wet screening of the plant, the installation angle is generally in the range of 25±2°, and that of
the dry screening is generally in the range of 33±2°.
The vibration parameters of the screen are controlled by computer, and the vibration parameters of each vibration
system can be adjusted and set via software. Except the vibration parameters under general conditions, the
instantaneous intermittent intensity parameters can be set to clean up the screen mesh at any time and avoid the
mesh blocking.
The specially designed electromagnetic vibration system is mainly made of high quality rubber parts with reliable long-
term operation and low power consumption, which is only 0.15 kW for each electromagnetic exciter.
Divided into single channel and double-channel, single layer and multi-layers, and with modular design, the screen can
be flexibly designed according to the application.
With bending forming steel plates adopted for all the side plates and bulkheads of the screen box, and rectangular
tubes & profiles welded and assembled for the frame, the overall stiffness of the screen can be enhanced and the
appearance becomes more attractive.
Electric cabinet of different models can be configured according to the needs of the customers, so as to achieve
auxiliary functions such as parameter setting, remote control, process recording and fault alarm.
Application
Wet classification is mainly applied in the classification of fine materials in mineral processing with 1-5 layers; and the
dewatering series is mainly used for the dewatering of the tailings, quartz sands and slime.
Technical Parameters
Model Screen Layer Screen Area (m2) Power (kW) Application
SGPZ2020 1 4 3.8 Wet classification
2SGPZ2020 2 4 3.8 Wet classification
4SGPZ1014 4 5.6 6 Wet classification
5SGPZ1015 5 7 6.48 Wet classification
XGPZ1235 1 4.2 2.6 Dewatering of fine materials
XGPZ2030 1 6 6.2 Dewatering of fine materials

- 14 -
■ GRINDING
High-efficiency Autogenous Mill

Wet Energy-saving Grid Ball Mill

Wet Energy-saving Overflow Ball Mill

Cone Grid Ball Mill

Cone Overflow Ball Mill

Wet Grid Ball Mill

Wet Overflow Ball Mill

Wet Rod Mill

Wet Long-cylinder Ball Mill

Special Vertical Mill for Graphite

MTM Raymond Mill


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ GRINDING
High-efficiency Autogenous Mill
Principle
The main component is a cylinder with diameter and length at
a reasonable proportion. Driven by the transmission device, the
cylinder rotates with the materials fed from the center sleeve at
one end of the cylinder and crushed by the falling impacts and
autogenous grinding of the ores in the cylinder. Qualified materials
flow from center sleeve at the other end of the cylinder through
the grid plate by the overflow water.
Features
Low power consumption, no dust pollution, less auxiliary
equipment, easy production automation, and stable particle size.
High-efficiency autogenous mill can realize the second and third
stage crushing and screening, and part or all crushing and grinding
of rod mill or ball mil.
High-efficiency autogenous mill can process coarse ores with
intermediate crushing and fine crushing saved, high crushing ratio,
which can reach 3000-4000 (feed size 300-400 mm, outlet size
below 0.1 mm).
Application
Generally used in the coarse grinding after coarse crushing.

Technical Parameters
Main Motor
Model Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Feed Size (mm)
Model Power (kW) Voltage (V) Weight (t)
ZMJ4014 4000 1400 < 350 JR148-8 245 10000 75
ZMJ4018 4000 1800 < 350 JR1410-8 320 10000 82
ZMJ5518 5500 1800 < 400 TDMK800-36 800 10000 175
ZMJ6522 6500 2200 < 400 TDMK1600-40 1600 10000 280
ZMJ7525 7500 2500 < 400 TM2500-16 2500 10000 455
ZMJ7528 7500 2800 < 400 TM2500-16 2500 10000 465

Wet Energy-saving Grid Ball Mill


Principle
The main component is a cylinder with diameter and length at
a reasonable proportion. Driven by the transmission device, the
cylinder rotates with the materials fed from the cylinder inlet and
crushed by the falling impacts and autogenous grinding of the steel
balls and ores in the cylinder. Due to the continuously feeding
materials, Materials are pushed to the outlet by the pressure, and the
grinded materials are discharged from the cylinder outlet. Qualified
materials flow from the cylinder outlet. In wet grinding, the materials
are taken out by the water flow. There is a grid installed in the outlet
of the mill with low slurry surface, which can reduce the ore over-
grinding, and prevent the steel ball out. Under the same production
conditions, production capacity of grid mill is larger with rolling
bearing and significant energy conservation.

- 16 -
GRINDING

Features
Large double-row self-aligning rolling bearing with less friction force is used to replace sliding bearing, and easy to start with
energy saved by 20-30%.
Corrugated lining plate is used to increase the contact surface of ball and ore, strengthen the grinding, lift the ores, and
reduce the energy consumption.
Overall frame is adopted for small size ball mill (Dia < 2.1m) which is much more convenient for civil work and installation;
Large ore outlet and large capacity.
Oil mist lubrication device guarantees the lubrication of all gears.
Application
Generally used in grinding ores with larger particle size.

Technical Parameters
Cylinder Cylinder Motor Effective
Length Width Height Capacity Max. Ball Weight
Model Diameter Length Motor Model Power Volume
(mm) (mm) (mm) (t/h) Load (t) (kg)
(mm) (mm) (kW) (m3)
MQGg 1212 1200 1200 Y200L2-6 22 3512 2076 1620 0.17~4.1 1.14 2.4 9610
MQGg 1224 1200 2400 Y280M-8 45 5745 2352 1778 0.26~6.15 2.4 4.6 12692
MQGg 1240 1200 4000 JR117-8 80 7990 2210 2262 0.34~8.3 3.8 7.8 15932
MQGg 1515 1500 1500 Y280M-8 45 5740 3075 2280 1.4~4.5 2.2 5 17125
MQGg 1530 1500 3000 JR117-8 80 7253 3070 2280 2.8~9 5 10 21425
MQGg 1536 1500 3600 JR126-8 110 8595 3185 2280 3~11 5.4 11.4 24213
MQGg 1545 1500 4500 JR127-8 130 9680 3254 2370 3.5~12.5 7 12 27346
MQGg 1830 1800 3000 JR136-8 180 8250 3620 2785 4.5~27 6.65 14 31850
MQGg 1836 1800 3600 JR136-8 180 8866 3683 2785 4.5~29 8.2 13.8 35467
MQGg 1845 1800 4520 JR137-8 210 9808 3683 2785 5~35 10.2 19 38909
MQGg 1856 1800 5620 JR137-8 210 10909 3683 2785 6~40 12.2 22 41681
MQGg 1870 1800 7020 JR138-8 245 12404 3783 2735 7~50 15 31.5 45166
MQGg 2122 2100 2200 JR128-8 155 7135 4137.7 3083 5~29 6.6 20 38340
MQGg 2130 2100 3000 JR136-8 180 8220 4220 3083 6.5~36 9 27 43100
MQGg 2136 2100 3600 JR137-8 210 9154.5 4320 3433 7.5~42 10.8 23.5 45833
MQGg 2140 2100 4000 JR137-8 210 9654 4320 3083 7.5~45 12.8 22.5 47262.4
MQGg 2145 2100 4500 JR137-6 280 10350 4253 3125 10~50 13.5 23.6 52648
MQGg 2230 2200 3000 JR137-8 210 8220 3864 3183 7.5~45 9.8 20.6 44600
MQGg 2430 2400 3000 JR138-8 280 9023.5 4836.4 3490 7.2~92 11.5 22.5 59544.5
MQGg 2436 2400 3600 JR138-8 320 9604.5 4836.4 3490 8~100 13.8 25.5 63932.5
MQGg 2442 2400 4200 JR138-8 320 10204.5 4836.4 3490 8~110 16 30 67370
MQGg 2721 2700 2100 JR138-8 245 8300 4786.4 3495 7.2~84 10.7 23 66743
MQGg 2727 2700 2700 JR137-6 280 8901 4786.4 3490 7~110 13.8 29 71030
MQGg 2730 2700 3000 JR1410-8 320 9610 5000 3495 8~115 15.3 32 83909.2
MQGg 2732 2700 3200 JR1410-8 320 10724 5000 3620 8~120 15.7 32 88073
MQGg 2736 2700 3600 JR158-8 380 10409 5150 3620 12~145 17.7 37 95300
MQGg 2740 2700 4000 JR158-8 380 10609 5150 3620 12.5~152 19 42 98454
MQGg 2745 2700 4500 JR1510-8 450 11534 5200 3670 13~160 22 40 100016
MQGg 2747 2700 4700 JR1510-8 475 11779 5571 4175 13~170 23 45 101645
MQGg 2760 2700 6000 JR1512-8 630 13299 5540.6 5140 15~200 30 60 119546
MQGg 2836 2800 3600 JR1510-8 400 10964 5350 3670 13~160 19.7 41 106350
MQGg 3231 3200 3100 TDMK630-36 630 12750 6750 5150 14~180 22.5 45 115430
MQGg 3245 3200 4500 TDMK800-36 800 13896 7200 5152.5 95~110 32.8 65 147588
MQGg 3645 3600 4500 TDMK1250-40 1250 18280 7700 5496 115~170 41.5 76 195727

- 17 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Wet Energy-saving Overflow Ball Mill


Principle
The main component is a cylinder with diameter and length at a reasonable
proportion. Driven by the transmission device, the cylinder rotates with the
materials fed from the cylinder inlet and crushed by the falling impacts and
autogenous grinding of the steel balls and ores in the cylinder. Due to the
continuously feeding materials, the pressure pushes materials to the outlet
and the grinded materials are discharged from the cylinder outlet. Qualified
materials flow from the cylinder outlet. In wet grinding, the materials are
taken out by the water flow. There are backpitch impellers in the hollow
shaft, which can make the balls and coarse ores in the overflow return to
the mill. With simple structure, higher operation rate, and rolling bearing,
the energy conservation is significant.

Features Overall frame is adopted for small size ball mill (Dia <
Large double-row self-aligning roller bearing with low 2.1 m) which is much more convenient for civil work
friction force is used to replace sliding bearing, and is and installation.
easy to start with energy saved by 20-30%. Oil mist lubrication device guarantees the lubrication
Grooved ring plate liner is used to increase the contact of all gears.
surface of ball and ore, strengthen the grinding, lift the
ores, and reduce the energy consumption. Application
Generally used in the grinding of ores with finer
fineness.
Technical Parameters
Cylinder Cylinder Effective
Motor Motor Power Length Width Height Capacity Max. Ball Weight
Model Diameter Length Volume
Model (kW) (mm) (mm) (mm) (t/h) Load (t) (kg)
(mm) (mm) (m3)
MQYg 0912 900 1200 Y1800L-6 15 3666 1835 1400 0.25~1.2 0.7 1 4265
MQYg 0918 900 1800 Y225M-8 22 4401 2535 2070 0.25~1.6 0.9 1.66 5235
MQYg 1212 1200 1200 Y225S-8 18.5 3512 2076 1620 0.17~4.1 1.14 1.9 9610
MQYg 1224 1200 2400 Y280M-8 45 5745 2352 1778 0.26~6.15 2.4 4.6 12219
MQYg 1240 1200 4000 JR117-8 80 7990 2412 1728 0.34~8.3 3.7 8 15940
MQYg 1515 1500 1500 Y280M-8 45 5740 3075 2280 1.4~4.5 2.2 4.2 17125
MQYg 1530 1500 3000 JR117-8 80 7253 3070 2280 2.8~9 5 10 21129
MQYg 1536 1500 3600 JR126-8 110 8595 3185 2280 2.8~10 5.4 10 23933
MQYg 1545 1500 4500 JR127-8 130 9680 3254 2370 3.5~12.5 7 12 27500
MQYg 1557 1500 5700 JR127-8 130 10880 3254 2370 4.5~16 8.9 15 29359
MQYg 1836 1800 3620 JR136-8 180 8865 3683 2785 4.5~29 8.2 13.8 34970
MQYg 1845 1800 4520 JR137-8 210 9750 3683 2785 5~33 10.2 19 37480
MQYg 1857 1830 5720 JR137-8 210 11009 3683 2785 6~40 12.5 22 42096
MQYg 1863 1800 6320 JR138-8 320 11690 3781 2775 6~45 14.2 25 45520.5
MQYg 1870 1800 7020 JR138-8 245 12599 3783 2735 7~47 15 31.5 45136
MQYg 1875 1800 7520 JR138-8 245 12850 3783 2775 7.5~54 17 30 49450
MQYg 2122 2100 2200 JR128-8 155 7235 4120 3083 5~29 6.6 20 35963
MQYg 2130 2100 3000 JR136-8 180 8220 4220 3083 6.5~36 9 27 40157
MQYg 2136 2100 3600 JR137-8 210 8958 4320 3025 7.5~42 10.8 23.5 44132.5
MQYg 2145 2100 4500 JR138-8 245 10350 4268 3121 10~45 13.5 23.6 42772
MQYg 2430 2400 3000 JR138-8 280 9023.5 4836.4 3490 7.2~92 11.5 22.5 57455.5
MQYg 2436 2400 3600 JR137-6 280 9623.5 4836.4 3490 8~110 13.8 25.5 60861.5
MQYg 2442 2400 4200 JR138-8 320 10204.5 4836.4 3440 8~130 16.5 31.5 63829.5
MQYg 2445 2400 4500 JR1510-8 380 11132.5 5091.4 4065 8.5~140 17.5 31 75923
MQYg 2460 2400 6000 JR1510-8 450 12623.5 5201.4 4060 9~180 23 40 83869
MQYg 2727 2700 2700 JR137-6 280 8901 4786.4 3620 7~110 13.8 29 66201
MQYg 2730 2700 3000 JR137-6 280 9201 4786.4 3620 8~115 15.3 32 72415
MQYg 2732 2700 3200 JR1410-8 320 10729 5000 3620 8~120 15.7 32 83110
MQYg 2736 2700 3600 JR158-8 380 10764 5150 3620 12~145 17.7 37 90441
MQYg 2740 2700 4000 JR1510-8 380 10870 5050 3620 12.5~152 19 40 93537
MQYg 2745 2700 4500 JR1510-8 380 11664 5150 3620 12.5~163 20.5 40 96196
MQYg 2747 2700 4700 JR1510-8 450 11864 5150 3620 13~170 23 45 97605
MQYg 3231 3200 3100 TDMK630-36 630 12550 6750 5150 14~180 21.4 45 112430
MQYg 3245 3200 4500 TDMK630-36 630 13950 7200 5152.5 95~110 32.8 65 141629
MQYg 3660 3600 6000 TDMK1250-40 1250 19780 7700 5496 120~200 55 102 193483

- 18 -
GRINDING

Cone Grid Ball Mill

Principle
The main component is a cylinder with diameter and length at a
reasonable proportion. Driven by the transmission device, the cylinder
rotates with the materials fed from the cylinder inlet and crushed by the
falling impacts and autogenous grinding of the steel balls and ores in the
cylinder. Due to the continuously feeding materials, the pressure pushes
materials to the outlet and the grinded materials are discharged from
the cylinder outlet. Qualified materials flow from the cylinder outlet. In
wet grinding, the materials are taken out by the water flow. It is generally
used in fine grinding operation.

Features
Large double-row self-aligning roller bearing with low Grooved ring plate liner is used to increase the contact
friction force, easiness of start and significant energy surface of ball and ore, strengthen the grinding, lift the
conservation is used to replace sliding bearing. ores, and reduce the energy consumption.
Cone design is adopted for the discharge outlet, which Overall frame is adopted for small size ball mill (Dia <
can not only increase the volume, but also realize the 2.1m) which is much more convenient for civil work and
classification of the materials and balls at the cone end. installation.
The closer to the discharge outlet, the smaller is the Application
ball diameter, which increases repeated grinding.
Generally used in grinding ores with larger particle size.
Technical Parameters
Cylinder Motor
Cylinder Motor Effective Max.Ball
Cylinder Rotating Motor Rotating Length Width Height Weight
Model Length Power Volume Load
Diameter (mm) Speed Model Speed (mm) (mm) (mm) 3 (kg)
(mm) (kW) (m ) (t)
(r/min) (r/min)
GZMg 0912 φ900/φ675 900/300 41 Y160L-6 11 970 3271 1815 1400 0.65 1 4363
GZMg 0916 φ900/φ675 1350/300 41 Y180L-6 15 970 3786 1815 1400 0.83 1.35 4944
GZMg 0918 φ900/φ675 1500/300 41 Y180L-6 15 970 3936 1815 1400 0.91 1.5 5200
GZMg 0921 φ900/φ675 1800/300 41 Y200L1-6 18.5 970 4301 1815 1400 0.97 1.67 5448
GZMg 1216 φ1200/φ900 1200/400 36.4 Y200L26 22 970 3912 2076 1620 1.67 2.87 6610
GZMg 1220 φ1200/φ900 1600/400 36.75 Y225M-6 30 980 4443 2076 1620 2.14 3.68 7400
GZMg 1224 φ1200/φ900 2000/400 36.75 Y250M-6 37 980 5088 2138 1670 2.61 4.49 9410
GZMg 1226 φ1200/φ900 2200/400 36.75 Y250M-6 37 980 5288 2138 1670 2.84 4.88 9757
GZMg 1228 φ1200/φ900 2400/400 36.75 Y280S-6 45 980 5558 2168 1670 3.07 5.28 10385
GZMg 1520 φ1500/φ1200 1500/500 30.9 Y280M-8 45 740 4825 2785 2120 2.84 4.88 13011
GZMg 1523 φ1500/φ1200 1800/500 30.9 YR280S-8 55 723 5335 2785 2120 3.29 5.66 14033
GZMg 1526 φ1500/φ1200 2100/500 30.9 YR280S-8 55 725 5640 2750 2110 3.74 6.43 14814
GZMg 1529 φ1500/φ1200 2400/500 30.9 JR117-8 80 725 6173 2785 2120 4.19 7.2 17209
GZMg 1535 φ1500/φ1200 3000/500 30.9 JR117-8 80 725 6773 2785 2120 5.08 8.74 18710
GZMg 1545 φ1500/φ1200 4000/500 30.9 JR126-8 110 725 8708 2875 2190 6.6 11 22578
GZMg 1831 φ1800/φ1390 2510/600 25.4 JR137-8 210 735 7756.87 3683 2785 6.5 11.5 30947
GZMg 1835 φ1800/φ1390 2910/600 25.4 JR137-8 210 735 8156.87 3683 2785 7.35 13 31349
GZMg 2131 φ2100/φ1670 2500/600 24.05 JR128-8 155 725 7579 3908 2825 9 16.5 34920
GZMg 2136 φ2100/φ1670 3000/600 24.05 JR136-8 180 735 8180 4214 3183 10.46 19.2 41640
GZMg 2130 φ2100/φ1670 2400/600 24.05 JR136-8 180 735 7580 4214 3183 8.75 16 38732
GZMg 2141 φ2100/φ1670 3500/600 24.05 JR137-8 210 735 8913 4350 3183 11.92 21.5 44626
GZMg 2145 φ2100/φ1670 3750/750 23.3 JR138-8 245 735 9556 4274 3230 12.5 22.6 48871
GZMg 2430 φ2400/φ1670 2300/700 22 JR137-6 280 960 9023 4836 3383 11.5 4122 59516
GZMg 2727 φ2700/φ2100 2285/550 21.62 JR138-8 245 735 8041 5051.4 3650 12.9 25.8 60844
GZMg 2733 φ2700/φ2287 2750/550 21.6 JR138-8 245 735 8433 4897 4385 15.9 28 69302
GZMg 2736 φ2700/φ2287 3050/550 21.6 JR157-8 320 750 8735 4897 4385 17.5 33.2 72365
GZMg 2740 φ2700/φ2287 3450/550 20.76 JR158-8 380 750 9565 5150 3620 19.7 38.2 76852
GZMg 2742 φ2700/φ2287 3650/550 20.76 JR158-8 380 750 9765 5150 3640 20 41 78979

- 19 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Cone Overflow Ball Mill


Principle
The main component is a cylinder with diameter and length at a
reasonable proportion. Driven by the transmission device, the cylinder
rotates with the materials fed from the cylinder inlet and crushed by the
falling impacts and autogenous grinding of the steel balls and ores in the
cylinder. Due to the continuously feeding materials, the pressure pushes
materials to the outlet and the grinded materials are discharged from the
cylinder outlet. Qualified materials flow from the cylinder outlet. In wet
grinding, the materials are taken out by the water flow.
Features
Large double-row self-aligning roller bearing with low friction force,
easiness of start and significant energy conservation is used to replace
sliding bearing.
Cone design is adopted for the discharge outlet, which can not only more convenient for civil work and
increase the volume, but also realized the classification of the materials installation.
and balls at the cone end. The closer to the discharge outlet, the smaller is
the ball diameter, which increases repeated grinding. Application
Grooved ring plate liner is used to increase the contact surface of ball Generally used for fine grinding
and ore, strengthen the grinding, lift the ores, and reduce the energy operation.
consumption.
Overall frame is adopted for small size ball mill (Dia < 2.1m) which is much
Technical Parameters
Cylinder Motor
Cylinder Cylinder Motor Effective Max. Ball
Rotating Motor Rotating Length Width Height Weight
Model Diameter Length Power Volume Load
Speed Model Speed (mm) (mm) (mm) 3 (kg)
(mm) (mm) (kW) (m ) (t)
(r/min) (r/min)
GZM0912 φ900/φ675 900/300 41 Y160L-6 11 970 3271 1815 1400 0.65 1 4263
GZM0916 φ900/φ675 1300/300 41 Y180L-6 15 970 3786 1815 1400 0.83 1.35 4844
GZM0918 φ900/φ675 1500/300 41 Y180L-6 15 970 3936 1815 1400 0.91 1.5 5100
GZM0921 φ900/φ675 1800/300 41 Y200L1-6 18.5 970 4301 1815 1400 1.07 1.7 5420
GZM1216 φ1200/φ900 1200/400 36.4 Y200L2-6 22 970 3911 2076 1620 1.44 2.59 6500
GZM1220 φ1200/φ900 1600/400 36.75 Y225M-6 30 980 4443 2076 1620 1.79 3.23 7300
GZM1224 φ1200/φ900 2000/400 36.4 Y250M-6 37 980 5088 2138 1670 2.16 3.89 9300
GZM1226 φ1200/φ900 2200/400 36.4 Y250M-6 37 980 5288 2138 1670 2.33 4.2 9647
GZM1228 φ1200/φ900 2400/400 36.8 Y280S-6 45 980 5558 2168 1670 2.52 4.53 10160
GZM1230 φ1200/φ900 2600/400 36.8 Y280S-6 45 980 5758 2168 1670 2.7 4.85 10510
GZM1241 φ1200/φ900 3700/400 36.8 Y280M-6 55 980 6908 2168 1670 3.6 6.47 12460
GZM1520 φ1500/φ1200 1500/500 30.9 Y280M-8 45 740 4825 2785 2120 2.84 4.88 12891
GZM1523 φ1500/φ1200 1800/500 30.9 YR280S-8 55 723 5335 2940 2110 3.29 5.66 13913
GZM1526 φ1500/φ1200 2100/500 30.9 YR280S-8 55 725 5640 2750 2110 3.74 6.43 14684
GZM1529 φ1500/φ1200 2400/500 30.9 JR117-8 80 725 6173 2785 2120 4.19 7.2 17087
GZM1535 φ1500/φ1200 3000/500 30.9 JR117-8 80 725 6773 2785 2120 5.08 8.74 18590
GZM1545 φ1500/φ1200 4000/500 30.9 JR126-8 110 725 8708 2875 2190 6.6 11 22460
GZM1831 φ1800/φ1390 2500/600 25.4 JR128-8 155 735 7756 3620 2785 6.5 11.5 30100
GZM1835 φ1800/φ1390 2900/600 25.4 JR128-8 155 735 8156 3620 2785 7.4 13 30502
GZM1865 φ1800/φ1390 5910/600 25.4 JR137-8 210 735 11156 3683 2785 7.35 13 41338
GZM2131 φ2100/φ1670 2500/600 23.8 JR128-8 155 725 7579 3908 2825 9 16.5 33454
GZM2136 φ2100/φ1670 3000/600 24.05 JR136-8 180 735 8180 4214 3183 10.45 19.2 41211
GZM2141 φ2100/φ1670 3500/600 24.05 JR137-8 210 735 8680 4264 3183 11.9 21.5 44354
GZM2145 φ2100/φ1670 3750/750 23.3 JR137-6 280 980 9556 4274 3230 12.5 22.6 48571
GZM2430 φ2100/φ1670 2300/700 22 JR137-6 280 960 9023 4836 3383 11.5 19 58010
GZM2727 φ2700/φ2100 2285/550 21.62 JR138-8 245 735 8095 4826 3430 12.9 25.8 59333
GZM2733 φ2700/φ2287 2750/550 21.6 JR138-8 245 735 8433 4897 4385 15.9 28 67302
GZM2736 φ2700/φ2287 3050/550 21.6 JR157-8 320 750 8735 4897 4385 17.5 33.2 70365
GZM2740 φ2700/φ2287 3450/550 20.76 JR158-8 380 750 9565 5150 3620 19.7 38.2 74982
GZM2742 φ2700/φ2287 3650/550 20.76 JR158-8 380 750 9765 5150 3640 20 41 76842

- 20 -
GRINDING

Wet Grid Ball Mill


Principle
The main component is a cylinder with diameter and length at a
reasonable proportion. Driven by the transmission device, the cylinder
rotates with the materials fed from the cylinder inlet and crushed by the
falling impacts and autogenous grinding of the steel balls and ores in the
cylinder. Due to the continuously feeding materials, the pressure pushes
materials to the outlet and the grinded materials are discharged from
the cylinder outlet. Qualified materials flow from the cylinder outlet. In
wet grinding, the materials are taken out by the water flow.
Features
Jack system with easy maintenance.
Hydrostatic and hydrodynamic bearings, steady and reliable operation.
Low speed transmission with easy starting and maintenance.
Oil-mist lubrication device guarantees reliable performance of bearings.
Gas clutch adopts flexible start-up model.
Application
Generally used for grinding coarser ores.

Technical Parameters
Cylinder Cylinder Motor Effective
Length Width Height Max. Ball Weight
Model Diameter Length Motor Model Power Volume
(mm) (mm) (mm) Load (t) (kg)
(mm) (mm) (kW) (m3)
MQG0909 900 900 Y225S-8 18.5 4750 2213 2050 0.45 0.96 4620
MQG0918 900 1800 Y225M-8 22 5000 2280 2050 0.9 1.92 5340
MQG1212 1200 1200 Y225M-8 22 5788 2994 2540 1.14 2.4 11438
MQG1224 1200 2400 Y315S-8 55 6673 2994 2540 2.28 3.96 13200
MQG1515 1500 1500 JR115-8 60 6094 3300 2766 2.5 5 13700
MQG1530 1500 3000 JR125--8 95 7979 3300 2766 5 10 18690
MQG2122 2100 2200 JR128-8 155 7750 4839 3794 6.6 15 45400
MQG2130 2100 3000 JR137-8 210 8744 4394.7 3110 9 20 45790
MQG2430 2400 3000 JR1410-8 280 9728 4956 4018 12.1 22.5 67000
MQG2721 2700 2100 JR1410-8 280 9300 5500 4500 10.7 24 63000
MQG2727 2700 2700 JR148-8 310 9900 5500 4500 13.8 29 68530
MQG2736 2700 3600 TDMK400-32/2150 400 9765 5826.6 4674.5 18.4 41 98020
MQG3231 3200 3100 TDMK630-36 630 12750 6750 5152.5 22.5 45 115103
MQG3236 3200 3600 TDMK630-36 630 14300 6760 5200 24.8 58 119012
MQG3245 3200 4500 TDMK800-36 800 13896 7200 5152.5 32.8 65 137589
MQG3639 3600 3900 TDMK1000-36/3600 1000 15000 7200 6300 36.2 75 145000
MQG3645 3600 4500 TDMK1250-40 1250 15200 7750 6300 41.8 90 159700
MQG3650 3600 5000 TDMK1400-40 1400 17600 7750 6300 46.4 96 158000
MQG3660 3600 6000 TDMK1600-40 1600 17000 8800 6500 55.7 120 189000
MQG4060 4000 6000 TDMK1700-30 1700 17400 9500 7600 69.8 137 214000
MQG4560 4500 6000 TDMK2300-30 2300 17800 10500 7600 87 158 294000
Note: The jack system and static and dynamic pressure bearing should be equipped according to the requirements of the users. As for those
with the specification of over φ2.7m, the weight of the motor is excluded.

- 21 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Wet Overflow Ball Mill


Principle
The main component is a cylinder with diameter and length at a
reasonable proportion. Driven by the transmission device, the cylinder
rotates with the materials fed from the cylinder inlet and crushed by the
falling impacts and autogenous grinding of the steel balls and ores in the
cylinder. Due to the continuously feeding materials, the pressure pushes
materials to the outlet and the grinded materials are discharged from the
cylinder outlet. Qualified materials flow from the cylinder outlet.
Features
Jack-up device with easy maintenance.
Hydrostatic and hydrodynamic bearings, steady and reliable operation.
Low speed transmission with easy starting and maintenance.
Oil-mist lubrication device guarantees reliable performance of bearings.
Gas clutch adopts flexible start-up model.
Application
Generally used in the grinding of ores with finer fineness.

Technical Parameters
Cylinder Cylinder Motor Effective
Length Width Height Max. Ball Weight
Model Diameter Length Motor Model Power Volume
(mm) (mm) (mm) Load (t) (kg)
(mm) (mm) (kW) (m3)
MQY0918 900 1800 Y225M-8 22 5080 2300 2015 0.9 1.66 6078
MQY1212 1200 1200 Y225S-8 18.5 5788 2994 2540 1.14 2.4 11473
MQY1224 1200 2400 YR280S-8 55 6112 2794 2540 2.28 3.8 12308
MQY1515 1500 1500 JR115-8 60 5766 2945 2600 2.2 6.4 15424
MQY1530 1500 3000 JR125-8 95 7979 2945 2600 5 10 18690
MQY2122 2100 2200 JR128-8 155 8070 4840 3795 6.6 14 47800
MQY2130 2100 3000 JR137-8 210 8870 4840 3795 9 20 47220
MQY2136 2100 3600 JR137-8 210 9300 4840 3795 10.8 22 52010
MQY2145 2100 4500 JR148-6 310 11029 4738.6 3300 13.5 23.8 58305
MQY2430 2400 3000 JR1410-8 280 9710 4778 4120 12.1 23 65880
MQY2721 2700 2100 JR1410-8 280 9400 5600 4700 10.7 24 63900
MQY2736 2700 3600 TDMK400-32 400 13049 5800 4680 17.8 32 96570
MQY2740 2700 4000 TDMK400-32 400 11850 5667 4496 20.4 40 78800
MQY3231 3200 3100 TDMK630-36 630 12750 6760 5150 21.4 45 107660
MQY3245 3200 4500 TDMK630-36 630 14356 7200 5152.5 32.8 65 130283
MQY3254 3200 5400 TM1000-36/2600 1000 15800 6760 5200 37.2 73 121000
MQY3645 3600 4500 TM1000-36/2600 1000 15000 7200 6326 41.8 76 135000
MQY3650 3600 5000 TM1250-40/3250 1250 17157 7755 6326 46.4 86 145000
MQY3660 3600 6000 TM1250-40/3250 1250 19000 7755 6326 55.7 102 154000
MQY3690 3600 9000 TDMK1800-30 1800 28000 4600 5600 83 163 212000
MQY3867 3800 6700 TDMK1600-30 1600 19000 8200 7100 70 130 186000
MQY4067 4000 6700 TDMK1800-30 1800 15600 9600 7300 78 138 207000
MQY4561 4500 6100 TDMK2200-30 2200 18200 10500 7600 93 151 238000
Note: The jack system and static and dynamic pressure bearing should be equipped according to the requirements of the users. As for those
with the specification of over φ2.7m, the weight of the motor is excluded.

- 22 -
GRINDING

Wet Rod Mill


Principle
The main component is a cylinder with diameter and length at a reasonable
proportion. Driven by the transmission device, the cylinder rotates with the
materials fed from the cylinder inlet and crushed by the falling impacts and
autogenous grinding of the steel rods and ores in the cylinder. Due to the
continuously feeding materials, the pressure pushes materials to the outlet
and the grinded materials are discharged from the cylinder outlet. Qualified
materials flow from the cylinder outlet.
Features
Smaller curvature of conical cap of the rod mill enables the regular movement of
the steel rod in mill.
Larger diameter of discharging hollow shaft is easy for maintenance, and can
reduce the slurry liquid and realize rapid discharging.
Even particle size and little over grinding.
Application
Mainly used for coarse grinding operation. Suitable for the fine crushing and
coarse grinding in the first stage grinding, especially for processing brittle
materials.

Technical Parameters
Cylinder Cylinder Motor Motor Effective
Length Width Height Capacity Weight
Model Diameter Length Motor Model Power Revolution Volume
(mm) (mm) (mm) (t/h) (kg)
(mm) (mm) (kW) (r/min) (m3)
MBY0918 900 1800 Y225M-8 22 730 4980 2370 2020 0.62~3.2 0.9 5700
MBYg0924 900 2400 Y225M-8 22 730 5001 1865 1400 0.81~4.3 1.2 6443
MBY1224 1200 2400 Y280M-8 45 730 6450 2800 2500 2.28 12308
0.4~4.9
MBY1530 1500 3000 JR125-8 95 725 7935 3185 2280 5 19990
MBYg1530 1500 3000 JR117-8 80 725 7253 3070 2280 2.4~7.5 5 21210
MBYg2130 2100 3000 JR136-8 180 735 8122 4220 3073 14~35 9 42123.5
MBYg2136 2100 3600 JR137-8 210 735 8958 4320 3025 10.8 45800.5
MBYg2430 2400 3000 JR138-8 280 735 9004.5 4836.4 3490 43~61 11.5 55795
MBYg2732 2700 3200 JR157-8 320 750 10509 5000 3620 15.7 83110
MBYg2736 2700 3600 JR1510-8 380 743 10764 5150 3620 32~86 17.7 90441
MBY2740 2700 4000 TDMK400-32 400 187.5 12300 5700 4700 43~110 20.4 75000
MBY3040 3000 4000 JR1510-8 570 740 9800 3900 3900 54~135 26 90000
MBY3245 3200 4500 TDMK800-36 800 167 14600 7000 5300 64~180 31 113000
MBY3645 3600 4500 TDMK1250-40 1250 150 15200 8800 6800 80~230 41.8 139000
MBY3654 3600 5400 TDMK1600-40 1600 150 15900 8800 6800 100~250 49.7 150000

- 23 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Wet Long-cylinder Ball Mill

Principle
The main component is a cylinder with diameter and length at
a reasonable proportion. Driven by the transmission device, the
cylinder rotates with the materials fed from the cylinder inlet and
crushed by the falling impacts and autogenous grinding of the steel
balls and ores in the cylinder. Due to the continuously feeding
materials, the pressure pushes materials to the outlet and the grinded
materials are discharged from the cylinder outlet. Qualified materials
flow from the cylinder outlet. In wet grinding, the materials are taken
out by the water flow; in dry grinding, the materials are taken out by
air.
Features
Cylinder length is much larger than the diameter. The cylinder is
divided into 2-4 bins with different lengths and functions by the
bulkhead.
Application
Mainly used in cement plants, and can also be used for grinding other
materials related to the industrial sector.

Technical Parameters
Cylinder
Cylinder Cylinder
Rotating Ball Load Feed Discharge Output Motor Power Weight
Model Diameter Length
Speed (t) Size (mm) Size (mm) (t/h) (kW) (kg)
(mm) (mm)
(r/min)
MQT1545 1500 4500 27 14 ≤25 0.075~0.4 3~6 110 22500
MQT1557 1500 5700 27 15 ≤25 0.075~0.4 3.5~6 132 25000
MQT1830 1830 3000 24 11 ≤25 0.075~0.4 4~10 180 28600
MQT1864 1830 6400 24 23 ≤25 0.075~0.4 6.5~15 210 36536
MQT1870 1830 7000 24 25 ≤25 0.075~0.4 7.5~17 245 38145
MQT2255 2200 5500 21 30 ≤25 0.075~0.4 10~22 370 49500
MQT2265 2200 6500 21 30 ≤25 0.075~0.4 14~26 420 52800
MQT2275 2200 7500 21 33 ≤25 0.075~0.4 16~29 475 56000

- 24 -
GRINDING

Special Vertical Mill for Graphite

Principle
The machine is composed of cylinder, disc agitator, transmission device, frame, etc.
The cylinder is filled with some grinding media (such as steel ball, corundum ball and
gravel). Driven by the V-belt, the disc agitator rotates slowly, and the grinding media and
materials do multidimensional circular motion and spinning motion. As the media and
materials rotate up and down in the cylinder, the materials are effectively grinded by the
heavy pressure of grinding media, rotation friction, impact extrusion and shear force. The
machine has the comprehensive features of the tower mill, stripping machine and sand
mill.
Features
The machine can effectively grind the materials to 10μm or finer.
Low energy consumption, and energy saved by over 50% than that of ordinary horizontal
mill.
Adjustable product size and available intermittent , cyclic and continuous production.
Stable and reliable equipment operation, less vibration and low noise of less than 85 db.
Simple structure, easy operation and maintenance, small floor area, and low capital
investment.

Technical Parameters
Model LM-800 LM-1000 SLM1000 LM-1200
Inner Diameter of Cylinder (mm) 800/950 990/1140 1200/1350
Cylinder Height (mm) 990/670 990/670 1300/630 990/670
3
Effective Volume (m ) 0.65 1 3.4 1.5
Capacity (t/h) As per the process As per the process As per the process As per the process
Motor Power (kW) 22 37 37×2 45
Rotating Speed of Main Shaft (r/min) 222 205 231/255 175

- 25 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

MTM Raymond Mill


Principle
Large bulk materials crushed by jaw crusher to the needed size are fed into storage
hopper by mine hoist and then fed into grinding chamber of main engine uniformly,
quantitatively and continuously by electromagnetic vibrating feeder for grinding.
Grinded materials are blown into separator by blower for classification. With the
function of impellers in the separator, materials without meeting the requirements
of the fineness are fallen into grinding chamber for grinding again; materials meeting
the requirements of the fineness are blown into cyclone powder collector with airflow
through pipelines for separation and collection. Powder from discharging device is the
finished product.Separated airflow is back to blower through return duct on the top of
the cyclone powder collector.
Features
Force produced from milling roller connected by pull rod and high pressure spring can avoid damages caused by bulk
materials to the equipment. Resilient coupling between main engine and the separator can reduce vibration and noise
and improve service life of the equipment.
Because of connecting crushing, drying, grinding, classifying and transmission together with simple system and
compact layout, it covers about 50% of the area of the ball mill systemand can be outdoor arrangement, which can
reduce the investment cost a lot.
Milling roller devices adopt superimposed multistage sealwith excellent seal performance.
Unique air circulation system with advanced dust remover carries the environmental protection concept through to
the end.
Impeller devices withhigh density and high precision increase more than 50% of finished product yield under the same
power.Efficient and energy-saving centrifugal induced draft fansimprove the efficiency of induced draft fans greatly.
Convenient impeller adjusting devices improve the precision of the finished product.
Application
Feed Size: 25-35mm. Production Capacity: 3-22T/h. Mainly used for powder processing of materials in such industries
as construction, chemical, metallurgy, mine, thermal power and coal. All kinds of non-flammable and non-explosive
materials with the Mohs hardness of no more than 9.3 and humidity of below 6%, such as cement (raw materials and
clinker), coal, talc, feldspar, quartz, slag, mica, calcite, limestone, barite, potassium sulfate,and bentonite.

Technical Parameters

Max. Rotating Main Milling Milling Milling


Finished Milling Ring Milling
Feed Production Speed of Motor Ring Roller Roller Overall
Model Product Size Diameter Roller
Size Capacity(t/h) Main Motor Power Height Diameter Height Dimension(m)
(mm) (mm) Qty.
(mm) (r/min) (kw) (mm) (mm) (mm)
InnerDiameter
MTM75 <15 0.613-0.033 1-3 160 18.5 150 260 150 3 4.3×3.5×5.1
780
Inner Diameter
MTM85 <20 0.613-0.033 1.2-4.6 150 22 140 270 140 3 5.3×4.1×5.2
830
Inner Diameter
MTM100 <25 0.613-0.033 2.1-5.6 130 37 170 310 170 4 7.1×5.9×7.9
950
Inner Diameter
MTM130 <30 0.613-0.033 3-9.5 103 75 210 410 210 5 7.85×8×9.7
1280
Inner Diameter
MTM160 <35 1.6-0.045 5-22 82 132 270 440 270 6 12.55×5.7×8.3
1600

- 26 -
■ CLASSIFYING
XCI Hydrocyclone

XCII Classification & Concentration Hydrocyclone

XCIII Hydrocyclone

XC Ⅳ Hydrocyclone

High Weir Spiral Classifier

Submerged Spiral Classifier


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ CLASSIFYING
XCI Hydrocyclone
Principle
Under the effect of pressure, the slurry enters the shell through the
square feeding pipe in involute direction, and does the rotary motion
in the shell. The coarse or the dense particles get to the periphery of
rotary current because of the centrifugal force and turns into riffling
through the spigot; because of the smaller centrifugal force, the fine
particles will be in the middle of the rotary current, move up along
with flow, and finally become overflow discharged from overflow
pipe.
XCI hydrocyclone is a kind of new high effective hydrocyclone with
adjustable feeding inlet and dust-setting nozzle. It is designed by
Xinhai with professional design theory such as CFD model and 3D
model analysis system and has reached the world advanced level. It’s
more suitable for classifying and dewatering. Three kinds of cyclone:
10°, 15 ° and 20 ° are available.
Features
Because of the three dimensional snail type feeding structure, it achieves circumferential and axial feeding, eliminates
the turbulence interference around the overflow pipe which formes up after material getting into hydrocyclone, speeds
up the rotary stream that coarse material flows to the underflow port, avoids violent spin during the feeding process,
and improves the efficiency of classification.
The square tube feeding type makes material get closer to the inner wall, makes the feeding resistance be the smallest,
provides the biggest divergence to material, and causes the smallest damage to the flow box.
Unique cone adjusting device at the feeding inlet can adjust the size of hydrocyclone’s entrance quickly, and therefore
the efficiency of classification can be improved.
Wedge cone-adjusting valve is a replaceable part of the inlet pipe, and unnecessary to change the whole rubber liner of
hydrocyclone.
Super wear-resistant rubber lining has excellent wear resistant property. It can reduce the cost greatly, keep the shape
and size of inner flow passage for a longer time, and maintain a stable classification efficiency.
We can provide die pressing super wear-resistant rubber liner and cold bonding super wear-resistant rubber liner, both
with long service time.
Customized cyclone selection software realizes rapid and accurate selection.

Technical Parameters
Processing Capacity Diameter of Overflow Diameter of Dust- Entrance Pressure
Model Spec. Partition Size (μm)
(m3/h) Port (mm) Setting Nozzle (mm) (MPa)
XC Ⅰ 150 150 10~23 25~74 30~50 8~22
XC Ⅰ 200 200 17~38 28~80 40~65 16~32
XC Ⅰ 250 250 24~53 30~82 65~100 16~40
XC Ⅰ 300 300 40~100 36~90 65~120 20~40
XC Ⅰ 350 350 56~118 40~100 80~120 30~70
XC Ⅰ 400 400 74~157 42~105 90~135 30~70 0.06~0.15
XC Ⅰ 450 450 90~192 44~110 100~150 30~70
XC Ⅰ 500 500 128~300 50~115 130~220 35~100
XC Ⅰ 550 550 155~368 52~120 140~240 35~100
XC Ⅰ 600 600 200~468 57~125 160~260 65~110
XC Ⅰ 660 660 237~524 60~130 180~280 80~150
Note: The actual parameters vary with model selection results.

- 28 -
CLASSIFYING

XCII Classification & Concentration Hydrocyclone


Principle
Under the pressure, the slurry goes into the shell in involute direction
through feeding pipe, and does rotational motion in the shell. With
larger centrifugal force, coarse particles or dense particles in slurry
are driven to the periphery of rotational flow, and then discharged by
dust-setting nozzle as setting sand. With smaller centrifugal force, the
fine particles are in rotational flow center and move upward along the
liquid flow, finally discharged by overflow pipe as overflow.
XCII Classification Hydrocyclone
The hydrocyclone designed by Xinhai is world advanced. The involute
feeding of the inlet is more conducive to increase the centrifugal force,
to improve the classification results, and to reduce the wear of feeding box greatly.
Features
It is lined with wear-resistant rubber molded part. The involute feeding of the inlet reduces the turbulence, makes
a smooth movement of liquid inside the cyclone, and therefore improves the classification. With rational length
proportion of cylinder and insert depth of overflow pipe, the hydrocyclone has high-efficiency classification effect. It is
especially suitable for classification operation. In medium and large mines, it can replace spiral classifiers, by which the
capacity of ball mill can be increased by 10%-15%.
Technical Parameters of XCII Classification Hydrocyclone
Processing Capacity Partition Size Diameter of Overflow Port Diameter of Dust- Inlet Pressure
Model Spec.
(m3/h) (μm) (mm) Setting Nozzle (mm) (MPa)
XCⅡF 150 150 10~23 25~74 30~50 8~22
XCⅡF 200 200 17~38 28~80 40~65 16~32
XCⅡF 250 250 24~53 30~82 65~100 16~40
XCⅡF 300 300 40~100 36~90 65~120 20~40
XCⅡF 350 350 56~118 40~100 80~120 30~70
XCⅡF 375 375 74~157 42~105 90~135 30~70 0.06~0.15
XCⅡF 450 450 90~192 44~110 100~150 30~70
XCⅡF 500 500 128~300 50~115 130~220 35~100
XCⅡF 550 550 155~368 52~120 140~240 35~100
XCⅡF 600 600 200~468 57~125 160~260 65~110
XCⅡF 660 660 237~524 60~130 180~280 80~150
Note: The actual parameters vary with model selection results.

XCII Concentration Hydrocyclone


The latest hydrocyclone developed by Xinhai is suitable for dry tailings stacking. It has the features of unique inlet
structure, more reasonable cylindrical section height and cone section angle, further optimized insert depth of
overflow pipe, high concentration efficiency and density, underflow density of 75%, small overflow particle size, and
obvious effect in dry tailings stacking application.
Technical Parameters of XCII Concentration Hydrocyclone
Processing Capacity Partition Size Diameter of Overflow Port Diameter of Dust- Inlet Pressure
Model Spec.
(m3/h) (μm) (mm) Setting Nozzle (mm) (MPa)
XCⅡN 150 150 11~17 25~74 38、45 8~22
XCⅡN 200 200 19~31 28~80 50、62 16~32
XCⅡN 250 250 30~47 30~82 62、75 16~40
XCⅡN 300 300 43~69 36~90 75、93 20~40 0.08~0.15
XCⅡN 350 350 54~85 40~100 86、105 30~70
XCⅡN 400 400 76~120 42~105 100、119 30~70
XCⅡN 450 450 89~138 44~110 100、120 30~70

- 29 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

XCIII Xinhai Hydrocyclone


Principle
Under the effect of pressure, the slurry enters the shell through the square
feeding pipe in involute direction, and does rotary motion in the shell. The coarse Syphon Control
Vent Pipe Valve
or the dense particles get to the periphery of rotary current because of the Assembly
centrifugal force and turns into riffling through the dust-setting nozzle; because of
Overflow Pipe
the smaller centrifugal force, the fine particles will be in the middle of the rotary
current, move up along with flow, and finally become overflow being discharged Feeding
from overflow pipe.
XC Ⅲ hydrocyclone designed by Xinhai has achieved world advanced level. Cyclone
Because of the specially designed fishtail device out of the dust-setting nozzle and
the specially designed siphoning installation on top of overflow box, it has good
properties beyond other hydrocyclone. By adjusting the siphoning installation, Fishtall
we can acquire higher density of underflow and lower density of overflow. To
silica sand industry, the overflow can even be water and the highest density > 1.85m
Water Level
of underflow reaches to 85%; besides, the fishtail device can keep the density 200mm
of underflow stable though the feeding capacity, feeding density and feeding Underflow

pressure change within certain limits.


Features
Adjusting the siphon device to control the fishtail and adjust the density of underflow.
The special designed fishtail will keep a stable underflow discharge density when feeding volume, feeding density and
feeding pressure vary under a certain range.
Prevent high overflow density.

Technical Parameters
Processing Capacity Diameter of Overflow Diameter of Dust- Inlet Pressure
Model Spec. Partition Size (μm)
(m3/h) Port (mm) Setting Nozzle (mm) (MPa)
XC Ⅲ 50 50 2~3.5 10~74 11~18 4~12 0.1~0.3
XC Ⅲ 75 75 3.7~6.6 20~74 15~20 6~12 0.08~0.25
XC Ⅲ 100 100 5.8~9 35~75 30~40 8~18
XC Ⅲ 125 125 12.6~19 35~75 38~60 8~20
XC Ⅲ 150 150 15~24 35~75 38~60 8~22
XC Ⅲ 225 225 27.7~43 40~100 57~85 16~38
XC Ⅲ 250 250 32~53 40~100 65~90 16~40
0.06~0.15
XC Ⅲ 300 300 45~70 45~110 65~120 25~50
XC Ⅲ 380 380 76~120 50~110 94~152 30~72
XC Ⅲ 455 455 128~203 60~120 114~178 50~140
XC Ⅲ 500 500 136~215 60~120 144~180 50~140
XC Ⅲ 600 600 206~325 65~140 178~254 82~140
Note: The actual parameters vary with model selection results.

- 30 -
CLASSIFYING

XC Ⅳ Hydrocyclone
Principle
Under the effect of pressure, the slurry enters the shell through the square feeding
pipe in involute direction, and does rotary motion in the shell. The coarse or the dense
particles get to the periphery of rotary current because of the centrifugal force and
turns into riffling through the dust-setting nozzle; because of the smaller centrifugal
force, the fine particles will be in the middle of the rotary current, move up along with
flow, and finally become overflow being discharged from overflow pipe.
XC Ⅳ hydrocyclone designed by Xinhai has achieved the world advanced level . All the
over-current parts are made of wear-resistant rubber. This hydrocyclone has not only a
reasonable structure, but also a special designed adjustable tube near the dust-setting
nozzle. With this tube, the length of dust-setting nozzle can be precisely adjusted.
It makes the hydrocyclone especially suitable for the fine materials classifying and
dewatering, and easy to operate with low fluctuation index.
Features
With a special designed adjustable tube near the dust-setting nozzle, the outlet
resistance and the classification index of the cyclone can be precisely adjusted.
Reasonable structure design, high classification index and low fluctuation index.
Especially suitable for fine materials classifying and dewatering.

Technical Parameters
Processing Capacity Diameter of Overflow Diameter of Dust- Inlet Pressure
Model Spec. Partition Size (μm)
(m3/h) Port (mm) Setting Nozzle (mm) (MPa)
XC Ⅳ 75 75 5~15 25~50 10~32 5~15 0.04~0.3
XC Ⅳ 150 150 15~70 30~60 20~50 15~32 0.04~0.3
XC Ⅳ 230 230 20~150 35~80 58~90 20~58 0.04~0.3
XC Ⅳ 300 300 40~250 40~90 76~120 30~72 0.04~0.25

High Weir Spiral Classifier


Principle
The grinded slurry is fed into water tank from the inlet located in the
middle of depression area, and the slurry classification depression area is
under the inclined water tank. The spiral with low speed rotation stirs the
slurry, so that the fine particles suspended in the upper flow into overflow
weir and overflow. Meanwhile, the coarse particles sink to the bottom of
tank, and then they are delivered to the outlet by the spiral and discharged
as sand return. The location of overflow weir is above the bearing center
which is under screw shaft, and underneath the upper border of overflow
end.
Features
A sand return automotive lifting device is added on sand return end, and the configuration of big spoon bit is canceled
for ball mil.
1-1.5 degrees of electricity can generally be saved per ton of ore.
Frequent maintenance of big spoon bit is avoided.
Uneven impact on large and small gear is retarded.
Application
Fit for coarse size classification.

- 31 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Submerged Spiral Classifier


Principle
The grinded slurry is fed into water tank from the inlet located in the
middle of depression area, and the slurry classification depression area
is under the inclined water tank. The spiral with low speed rotation stirs
the slurry, so that the fine particles suspended in the upper flow into
overflow weir and overflow. Meanwhile, the coarse particles sink to the
bottom of tank, and then they are delivered to the outlet by the spiral
and discharged as sand return.
Features
The whole spiral of overflow end is sunk under the liquid surface of
depression area with larger area and depth.
A sand return automotive lifting device is added on sand return end, and
the configuration of big spoon bit is canceled for ball mill.
1-1.5 degrees of electricity can generally be saved per ton of ore.
Frequent maintenance of big spoon bit is avoided. Application
Uneven impact on large and small gear is retarded. Fit for fine size classification.

Technical Parameters
Rotating Capacity Spiral Slope Drive Lifting
Capacity of Spiral Drive Lifting
Speed of of Length of Motor Motor Weight
Type Model Sand Return Diameter Motor Motor
Spiral Overflow (mm) Water Power Power (kg)
(t/d) (mm) Model Model
(r/min) (t/d) Tank (kW) (kW)
FLG-300 7.7 30~80 10-30 φ300 3900 Y100L1-4 668
2.2
FLG-500 8 145~260 21-32 φ500 4390 Y112M-6 Manual 1600
FLG-750 7.8 256~654 31-65 φ750 5500 Y132S-6 3 driven — 2716
High Weir FLG-1000 6.7 473~1026 85 φ1000 6556 Y132M2-6 5.5 4000
Single
FLG-1200 5,6,7 1145~1600 150 φ1200 6500 Y132M2-6 5.5 Y90L-4 1.5 7943
Spiral
Classifier FLG-1500 2.5,4,6 1140~2740 235 φ1500 8265 Y160M-6 7.5 Y100L1-4 2.2 11827
FLG-2000 3.6,5.5 3890~5940 400 φ2000 8700 Y160L-6/4 11;15 Y100L2-4 3 20814
FLG-2400 3.6 6800 580 φ2400 9130 Y200L2-6 22 Y112M-4 4 24194
FLG-3000 3.2 11625 890 φ3000 12500 Y200L-4 30 Y112M-4 4 42188
2FLG-1200 5,6,7 2340~3200 310 φ1200 6500 Y132M2-6 5.5×2 Y90L1-4 1.5×2 15840
High Weir 2FLG-1500 2.5,4,6 2280~5480 470 φ1500 8230 Y160M-6 7.5×2 Y100L1-4 2.2×2 22903
Double
2FLG-2000 3.6,5.5 7780~11880 800 φ2000 8400 Y160L-4 15×2 Y100L2-4 3.0×2 34621
Spirals
Classifier 2FLG-2400 3.63 13600 1160 φ2400 9130 Y200L2-6 22×2 Y112M-4 4×2 42460
14~18
2FLG-3000 3.2 23300 1785 φ3000 12500 Y200L-4 30×2 Y112M-4 4.0×2 73030
Manual
FLC-1000 2.5~7.4 160~700 50-260 φ1000 8397 Y132M2-6 5.5 — 5225
driven
Submerged FLC-1200 5~7 1150~1640 120 φ1200 8400 Y90L-4 1.5 9583
Single Y160M-6 7.5
FLC-1500 2.5~6 1140~2740 185 φ1500 10500 Y100L1-4 2.2 14226
Spiral
FLC-2000 3.6~5.5 3240~5940 320 φ2000 13000 Y160L-4 15 Y100L2-4 3 27753
Classifier
FLC-2400 3.6 6800 455 φ2400 14130 Y200L1-6 18.5 Y112M-4 4 32467
FLC-3000 3.2 11650 705 φ3000 14300 Y200L-4 30 Y112M-4 4 43500
2FLC -1200 3.8~6 1770~2800 240 φ1200 8040 19610
Y160M-6 7.5×2 Y100L1-4 2.2×2
Submerged 2FLC-1500 2.5~6 2280~5480 370 φ1500 10500 27450
Double Y200L2-6,
2FLC-2000 3.6,5.5 7780~11880 640 φ2000 12900 22;30 Y100L2-4 3.0×2 50621
Spirals Y200L-4
Classifier 2FLC-2400 3.67 13700 910 φ2400 14130 Y25S-4 37 Y112M-4 4.0×2 65283
2FLC-3000 3.2 23300 1410 φ3000 14300 Y225M-4 45 Y112M-4 4.0×2 84900

- 32 -
■ FLOTATING
XJ Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell

GF Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell

SF Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell

JJF Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell

BF Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell

CLF Air-inflation Flotation Cell

XCF Air-inflation Flotation Cell

KYF Air-inflation Flotation Cell

BSK Air-inflation Flotation Cell

BSF Air-inflation Flotation Cell

XHF Air-inflation Flotation Cell

High-efficiency Energy-saving Circular Flotation Cell

Cyclonic Micro-bubble Flotation Column


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ FLOTATING

XJ Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell


Principle
When the slurry is delivered to the center of covering plate by feeding
pipe, centrifugal force produced by rotating impeller will fling it out.
At the same time, negative pressure will be formed between the
impeller and the covering plate, and thus outside air will be sucked in
automatically through inlet pipe. The slurry and air will be fully mixed by
the intense stirring action of the impeller, and the slurry will be broken
into lots of bubbles via air flow. Mineral laden bubbles will rise to the
foam layer, and become foam products by the scraper.
Features
Upgrade model of traditional type introduced from Soviet Union with
wide application.
Plentiful tiny bubbles produced by impeller cover plate with guide vane can enhance stirring effect.
Application
XJ mechanical agitation flotation cell can be widely used in the classifications of black metal minerals such as iron, non-
ferrous metals such as copper and gold, and non-metallic minerals. It is suitable for roughing, scavenging and reverse
flotation in small and medium flotation plant.
Technical Parameters
Effective Impeller Impeller Motor Power (kW) Weight of
Capacity
Model Volume Diameter Revolution 4 Tanks
(m3/min) For Stirring For Scraper
(m3) (mm) (r/min) (kg)
XJ-1 0.13 0.05~0.16 200 600 1.5 0.55 1272
XJ-2 0.23 0.12~0.28 250 504 1.5 0.75 1558
XJ-3 0.35 0.15~0.5 300 480 2.2 0.75 1720
XJ-6 0.62 0.3~0.9 350 400 3 1.1 3041
XJ-11 1.1 0.6~1.6 500 330 5.5 1.1 5540
XJ-28 2.8 1.5~3.5 600 280 11 1.1 8453

- 34 -
FLOTATING

GF Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell


Principle
GF mechanical agitation flotation cell is a kind of coarse particle flota-
tion cell, applied in medium and small enterprises to select nonferrous
metals, ferrous metals, precious metals and non-metallic minerals. The
particle size of the materials to be processed is 0.074 mm, which occu-
pies 45%-98%, and the slurry density is <45%. GF mechanical agitation
flotation cell can also be combined with JJF flotation cell, which works as
a suction tank for roughing, sweeping and fine selection, while JJF flota-
tion cell works as a direct flow tank with horizontal installation, middling
return and no foam pump.
Features
Automatic suction air amount can reach to 1.2m3/ (m2.min).
Automatic suction of slurry, capable of feeding by outside automatic suc-
tion and foam middling, available to planar configuration between the floatation machines.
Well slurry circulation in the tank, stable surface, no rotation in the tank, and no rolling flower.
High selecting efficiency, and improved recovery rate of coarse and fine minerals.
With low power consumption, compared to the same kind of flotation cell, it can save the power by 15%-20% with
plenty suction of air and slurry, long life-span of the wearing parts, especially that of the impeller and stator two times
the same kind of flotation cell.
Technical Parameters
Air Suction Single Tank
Volume Tank Size Installed Capacity Scrape Motor
Model & Spec. Volume Weight
(m3) (mm) Power (kW) (m3/min) Power(kW)
(m3/m2min) (kg)
GF-0.35 0.35 700×700×730 1.5 0.1~0.2 0.75 1.2 470
GF-0.7 0.7 900×900×900 3 0.1~0.4 1.1 1.2 932
GF-1.1 1.1 1100×1100×1000 5 0.2~0.5 1.1 1.2 1370
GF-2 2 1400×1400×1150 7.5 0.3~1.0 1.5 1.2 1750
GF-3 3 1500×1850×1200 11 0.5~1.5 1.5 1.2 2230
GF-4 4 1600×2150×1250 15 0.5~2 1.5 1.2 2585
GF-6 6 2000×2500×1300 22 1~3 1.5 1.2 3300
GF-8 8 2200×2900×1400 30 1~4 1.5 1.2 4130
GF-10 10 2200×2900×1700 30 2~6 1.5 1.2 4500
GF-16 16 2850×3800×1700 45 3~8 2.2 1.2 8320
GF-20 20 2850×3800×2000 45 4~10 2.2 1.2 8670
GF-24 24 3150×4150×2000 55 5~12 2.2 1.2 8970
GF-28 28 3150×4150×2300 55 5~14 2.2 1.2 9480
GF-42 42 3600×4800×2650 75 8~20 3 1.2 19400

- 35 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

SF Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell


Principle
When the impeller rotates, the centrifugal force with the action of
upper and lower vanes is produced, and drives the slurry in upper
and lower wheel chambers thrown around, by which the negative
pressure area is formed in upper and lower wheel chamber. At
the same time, the slurry on top of cover plate is absorbed into
upper wheel chamber to form upper circulation via the circular
hole on the cover plate. When the slurry is thrown around by the
lower vane, the lower slurry flows to the center to complement,
by which the lower circulation is formed. And the air is sucked
into the upper impeller chamber via suction pipe and center cyl-
inder, mixing with absorbed slurry, and forming a large number
of tiny air bubbles. After steady flow through the cover board,
these bubbles are evenly dispersed in tank, forming mineral laden
bubbles. Then mineral laden bubbles will rise to the foam layer, and become foam products by the scraper.
Features
The impeller with backward-style two-sided vanes ensures double circulation of ore slurry in tank.
Large clearance between impeller and cover plate ensures large amount of air suction.
Low circular velocity of impeller ensures long service life of wear parts.
Forward-style tank body with small dead angle ensures high speed of bubble motion.
Large amount of air suction and low energy consumption.
Long service life of wear parts.
Better for the flotation of coarse-grained minerals.
Special Tips
Mechanical stirring, automatic air and slurry suction.
It can be combined with JJF flotation cell to be a set of flotation cells as suction tanks of each operation.
Application
SF mechanical agitation flotation cell can be widely used in the mineral classifications of non-ferrous metals, black met-
als, and non-metals. It is suitable for roughing and scavenging in large and medium flotation plant.
Technical Parameters
Effective Impeller Impeller
Capacity Motor Power Motor Power Single Tank
Model Volume Diameter Revolution
(m3/min) for Stir (kW) for Scraper (kW) Weight (kg)
(m3) (mm) (r/min)
SF-0.37 0.37 0.2~0.4 300 352~442 1.5 0.55 468
SF-0.7 0.7 0.3~1.0 350 336~384 3 1.1 629
SF-1.2 1.2 0.6~1.6 450 312 5.5 1.1 1373
SF-2 2 1.5~3 550 280 11 1.5 1879
SF-2.8 2.8 1.5~3.5 550 280 11 1.5 1902
SF-4 4 2.0~4 650 235 15 1.5 2582
SF-6 6 3~6 760 191 30 2.2 3540
SF-8 8 4.0~8 760 191 30 2.2 4129
SF-16 16 5.0~16 850 169~193 45 1.5 7415
SF-20 20 10~12 850 169~193 45 1.5 9828

- 36 -
FLOTATING

JJF Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell


Principle
The rotation of impeller produces the eddy in vertical tube and draft
tube that forms the negative pressure, and the air is absorbed from
the air inlet pipe, mixing with the slurry from draft tube in the impel-
ler and stator area. The motion of slurry-gas mixing flow generated
by impeller is along the tangential direction, and then it is converted
to radial motion under the effect of stator, and evenly distributed in
flotation cell. Mineral laden bubbles will rise to the foam layer, and
become foam products by the scraper.
Features
Shallow tank type, small impeller diameter, low rotating speed and
low power consumption.
The clearance between impeller and stator is big, and the stator is a
cylinder with oval hole, which makes for the mixture and dispersion of air and slurry.
The stator is lower than the impeller, which makes large circulating amount of slurry that is 2.5 times that of ordinary
flotation cell.
Umbrella-shaped scattered cover with hole can separate the eddy produced by impeller from foam layer in order to
keep the slurry surface stable.
Large circulating amount of ore slurry that is 2.5 times that of ordinary flotation cell makes for the mineralization of air,
medicament and ore.
Large amount of air suction and good effect of dispersion.
Proper stir intensity, good effect of solid particle suspension, no sediment and no need of discharge when stopping;
Wide range of processible particle size and high recovery rate of mineral dressing.
Special Tips
Mechanical stirring, automatic air but no slurry suction, and ladder in necessity during operation (Drop height: 300mm
- 400mm).
It can be combined with SF flotation cell as a set of flotation cells, in which SF one serves as a suction tank and JJF one
serves as a direct flow tank.
Application
JJF mechanical agitation flotation cell can be widely used in the mineral classifications of non-ferrous metals, black
metals, and non-metals. It is suitable for roughing and scavenging in large and medium flotation plant.
Technical Parameters
Effective Impeller Impeller
Capacity Motor Power Motor Power Single Tank
Model Volume Diameter Revolution
(m3/min) for Agitation (kW) for Scraper (kW) Weight (kg)
(m3) (mm) (r/min)
JJF-4 4 2.0~4 410 305 11 1.5 2303
JJF-5 5 2.0~6 410 305 11 1.5 2416
JJF-8 8 4.0~12 540 233 22 2.2 4507
JJF-10 10 5.0~10 540 233 22 1.5 4820
JJF-16 16 5.0~16 700 180 37 1.5 7657
JJF-20 20 5.0~20 770 180 45 1.5 8505

- 37 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

BF Mechanical Agitation Flotation Cell


Principle
When the impeller rotates, the centrifugal force with the action
of the impeller is produced, and drives the slurry in the impeller
chamber thrown around, by which the negative pressure area is
formed. The air is sucked into the impeller chamber via suction pipe
and center cylinder, mixing with absorbed ore slurry, and forming a
large number of tiny air bubbles. After steady flow through the cover
board, these bubbles are evenly dispersed in tank, forming mineral
laden bubbles. Then mineral laden bubbles will rise to the foam layer,
and become foam products by the scraper.
Features
The impeller composed of closed double truncated cones can pro-
duce strong lower circulation of slurry.
Large amount of air suction and low power consumption.
Each tank with triple functions of air suction, slurry suction and flotation can form its flotation circuit without any auxil-
iary equipment, and the level configuration is easy to change the process.
Reasonable slurry circulation can minimize coarse sand deposits.
Application
BF mechanical agitation flotation cell can be widely used in the mineral classifications of non-ferrous metals, black met-
als, and non-metals. It is suitable for roughing and scavenging in large and medium flotation plant.
Technical Parameters
Effective Impeller Circular Velocity Air Suction Motor Single Tank
L×W×H Capacity
Volume Diameter of Impeller Amount Motor Model Power Weight
Model (mm) (m3/min)
(m3) (mm) (m/s) (m3/m2.min) (kW) (kg)
BF-0.15 0.15 550×550×600 200 Y112M-6 2.2 0.06~0.16 270
6
BF-0.25 0.25 650×600×700 250 0.9-1.05 Y100L-6 0.12~0.28 370
1.5
BF-0.37 0.37 740×740×750 286 7.2 Y90L-4 0.2~0.4 470
BF-0.65 0.65 850×950×900 300 7.35 Y132S-6 3 0.3~0.7 932
Y132M2-6 5.5
BF-1.2 1.2 1050×1150×1100 450 7.02 0.6~1.2 1370
Y132M1-6 4
BF-2.0 2 1400×1450×1120 500 7.5 Y160M-6 7.5 1.0~2.0 1750
BF-2.8 2.8 1650×1650×1150 550 8.06 Y180L-8 11 1.4~3.0 2130
BF-4.0 4 1900×2000×1200 650 8 Y200L-8 15 2.4~4.0 2585
BF-6.0 6 2200×2350×1300 700 0.9~1.10 Y225S-8 18.5 3.0~6.0 3300
7.5
BF-8.0 8 2250×2850×1400 4.0~8.0 4130
760 Y225M-8 22
BF-10 10 2250×2850×1700 7.52 5.0~10 4500
BF-16 16 2850×3800×1700 Y280S-8 37 8.0~16 8320
850
BF-20 20 2850×3800×2000 8.7 Y280M-8 45 10.0~20 8670
BF-24 24 3150×4150×2000 920 Y315S-8 55 12.0~24 8970

- 38 -
FLOTATING

CLF Air-Inflation Flotation Cell


Principle
Backward-style blades impeller is equipped on CLF air-inflation flo-
tation cell, and the lower blade shape design is consistent with the
slurry through the streamline between the impeller blades. With
weak flotation capability, big circulating amount of slurry, and low
power consumption, it can fully ensures the coarse particle suspen-
sion and air dispersion with the tank and grid plate. CLF air-inflation
flotation cell provides good hydrodynamic conditions, and improves
the loading capacity of the mineralized foam and the particle size of
flotation grinding.
Application
CLF air-inflation flotation cell is mainly used for separating nonferrous and ferrous metals and chemical raw materials,
applied to the classification of both coarse particles and fine particles, and belongs to full graded flotation cell with the
features of adopting new impeller-stator system, forced circulation channel equipped with false bottom and tank with
grid plate, a completely new way of slurry circulation, a stable separation zone and foam layer produced under the
function of them.
Technical Parameters
Single
Effective Tank Size Installed Product Air Pressure Air Consumption
Feed Size Tank
Model Volume (L × W × H) Power Capacity of Blower of Each Tank
(mm) Weight
(m3) (m) (kW) (m3/min) (kPa) (m3/min)
(kg)
Suction
7.5 0~3 1591
Tank
CLF-2 2 1.2×1.6×1.25 0.5~2 ≥14.7 < 1.0
Direct Flow
5.5 0~5 1418
Tank
Suction
15 0~5 3002
Tank
CLF-4 4 1.6×2.1×1.5 1~4 ≥19.6 < 1.0
Direct Flow
11 0~7 2702
Tank
Suction
22 0~8 5168
Tank
CLF-8 8 1.9×2.5×1.95 1~6 ≥23.5 < 1.0
Direct Flow
15 0~12 4654
Tank
Suction
45 0~14 9230
Tank
CLF-16 16 2.5×3.2×2.4 1~8 ≥35 < 1.0
Direct Flow
37 0~16 8970
Tank

- 39 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

XCF Air-inflation Flotation Cell

Principle
When flotation cell is at work, the rotation of impeller makes the slurry
all around via tank bottom absorbed from downside of impeller into in-
ner-vanes of impeller, where low pressure air produced by the blower
goes into via hollow shaft and the air distributor of impeller chamber
at the same time. After fully mixture of the slurry and air among vanes,
they are pushed out in inclined upward direction from upper half of
the impeller around, and go into the tank via steady flow and orienta-
tion by the stator. Air bubbles rise to the foam stability area, and after
concentration process, the foams overflow from the overflow weir into
the foam tank. Another part of the slurry flows toward the lower part
of impeller, then through the impeller agitation, they are mixed to-
gether to form mineral laden bubbles again, and the rest of the slurry
will flow to the next tank to become tailings eventually.
Features
The structure and property are similar to that of KYF flotation cell. The difference is that a stator is specially set above
the impeller to form a special negative pressure area. It has the function of automatic slurry suction with a little higher
power consumption.
Special Tips
Mechanical agitation; automatic slurry but no air suction.
It can be combined with KYF flotation cell to be a set of flotation cells as suction tanks.
Application
XCF air-inflation flotation cell can be widely used in the mineral classifications of non-ferrous metals, black metals, and
non-metals. It is suitable for roughing and scavenging in large and medium flotation plant.
Technical Parameters
Effective Impeller Impeller Air Pressure Max. Air Inflation Motor Power Motor Power
Capacity Weight
Model Volume Diameter Revolution of Blower Volume for Agitation for Scraper
3 (m3/min) (kg)
(m ) (mm) (r/min) (kPa) (m3/m2.min) (kW) (kW)
XCF-1 1 0.2~1 400 358 ≥12.6 2 5.5 0.75 1154
XCF-2 2 0.4~2 470 305 ≥14.7 2 7.5 1.1 1659
XCF-3 3 0.6~3 540 266 ≥19.8 2 11 1.5 2259
XCF-4 4 1.2~4 620 225 ≥19.8 2 15 1.5 2669
XCF-8 8 3.0~8 720 175 ≥21.6 2 22 1.5 3868
XCF-10 10 4~10 720 192 ≥21.6 2 30 1.5 4800
XCF-16 16 4~16 860 160 ≥25.5 2 37 1.5 6520
XCF-24 24 4~24 950 153 ≥30.4 2 37 1.5 8000
XCF-38 38 10~38 1050 136 ≥34.3 2 55 1.5 11000

- 40 -
FLOTATING

KYF Air-inflation Flotation Cell


The design of this type is based on Finland Autoquenpu OK floatation cell

Principle
When flotation cell is at work, the rotation of impeller makes the
slurry all around via tank bottom absorbed from downside of impeller
into inner-vanes of impeller, where low pressure air produced by the
blower goes into via hollow shaft and the air distributor of impeller
chamber at the same time. After fully mixture of the slurry and air
among vanes, they are pushed out in inclined upward direction from
upper half of the impeller around, and go into the tank via steady flow
and orientation by the stator. Air bubbles rise to the foam stability
area, and after concentration process, the foams overflow from the
overflow weir into the foam tank. Another part of the slurry flows to-
ward the lower part of impeller, then through the impeller agitation,
they are mixed together to form mineral laden bubbles again, and the rest of the slurry will flow to the next tank to
become tailings eventually.
Features
Cone impeller is equipped with the vanes sloping backward at a certain angle, which makes strong agitation ability and
simple structure.
The impeller chamber is equipped with multi holes cylinder air distributor, which makes uniform air distribution and
good mixing effect of air and slurry.
U-shaped tank and little sand sediment.
Small impeller diameter, low circle velocity, and low power consumption.
Low power consumption with 30%-50% of energy saving.
Full suspension of mineral particles and high flotation index.
Light abrasion of wearing parts and long service life.
Special Tips
Mechanical agitation, no automatic air suction, no automatic slurry suction, and ladder in necessity during operation.
It can be combined with XCF flotation cell to be a set of flotation cells as direct flow tanks.
Application
KYF air-inflation flotation cell can be widely used in the mineral classifications of non-ferrous metals, black metals, and
non-metals. It is suitable for roughing and scavenging in large and medium flotation plant.
Technical Parameters
Effective Impeller Impeller Air Pressure Max. Air Inflation Motor Power Motor Power
Capacity Weight
Model Volume Diameter Revolution of Blower Volume for Agitation for Scraper
(m3/min) (kg)
(m3) (mm) (r/min) (kPa) (m3/m2.min) (kW) (kW)
KYF-1 1 0.2~1 340 281 ≥12.6 2 4 0.75 903
KYF-2 2 0.4~2 410 247 ≥14.7 2 5.5 1.1 1419
KYF-3 3 0.6~3 480 219 ≥19.8 2 7.5 1.5 1885
KYF-4 4 1.2~4 550 200 ≥19.8 2 11 1.5 2206
KYF-8 8 3.0~8 630 175 ≥21.6 2 15 1.5 3984
KYF-10 10 4.0~10 630 192 ≥21.6 2 22 1.5 4406
KYF-16 16 4.0~16 740 160 ≥25.5 2 30 1.5 5900
KYF-24 24 4.0~24 800 150 ≥30.4 2 30 1.5 7500
KYF-38 38 10.0~38 880 139 ≥34.3 2 45 1.5 10300

- 41 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

BSK Air-inflation Flotation Cell

(The design of this type is based on the advantages of Finland Auto-


quenpu OK floatation cell and America Doyle-Oliver flotation cell)
Features
Main shaft is side-suspended on the frame with light structure and
convenient installation.
The impeller is shaped in circular truncated cone with radial pattern
stator, which makes strong agitation ability and low power consump-
tion.
U-shaped tank and little sand sediment.
Small impeller diameter, low circle velocity, and low power consump-
tion.
Low power consumption with 30%-50% of energy saving.
Good air dispersion , uniform bubbles scattering, and steady foams.
Full suspension of solid particles without easy to sink, well slurry and air mixing, and high flotation index.
Light abrasion of wearing parts and long service life.
Special Tips
Mechanical agitation, no automatic air suction, no automatic slurry suction, and ladder in necessity during operation
(Drop height: 300mm-400mm).
It can be combined with XHF flotation cell to be a set of flotation cells as direct flow tanks.
Technical Parameters
Effective Impeller Impeller Air Pressure Max. Air Inflation Motor Power Motor Power Single Tank
Capacity
Model Volume Diameter Revolution of Blower Volume for Agitation for Scraper Weight
(m3/min)
(m3) (mm) (r/min) (kPa) (m3/m2.min) (kW) (kW) (kg)
BS-K2.2 2.2 0.5~3 420 260 ≥15 2~3 5.5 0.75 1750
BS-K4 4 0.5~4 500 212 ≥15 3~6 7.5 0.75 2777
BS-K6 6 1.0~6 650 197 ≥21 4~10 15 1.1 3570
BS-K8 8 1.0~8 650 220,230 ≥15 3~6 15 1.1 4539
BS-K16 16 2.0~16 750 165 ≥27 6~15 30 1.1 8131
BS-K24 24 7.0~20 830 159 ≥29 8~18 37 1.1 9820
BS-K38 38 10.0~30 910 141 ≥34 10~20 45 1.1 11100

- 42 -
FLOTATING

BSF Air-inflation Flotation Cell

Principle
The design of this type is based on the advantages of BSK, KCF and
KYF floatation cells, and the guide flow and drive of impeller are
improved with a small amount of air inflation and good flotation ef-
fect.
Special Tips
Mechanical agitation, no automatic air suction, no automatic slurry
suction, and ladder in necessity during operation.
It can be combined with XHF flotation cell to be a set of flotation cells as direct flow tanks.
Technical Parameters
Effective Impeller Impeller Air Pressure Max. Air Inflation Motor Power Motor Power Single Tank
Capacity
Model Volume Diameter Revolution of Blower Volume for Agitation for Scraper Weight
(m3/min)
(m3) (mm) (r/min) (kPa) (m3/m2.min) (kW) (kW) (kg)
BSF-2 2 0.4~2 420 260 ≥15 2 5.5 1.1 1750
BSF-4 4 0.5~4 500 220 ≥17 3~6 7.5 0.75 2568
BSF-6 6 1.0~6 550 197 ≥21 4~10 15 1.1 3760
BSF-8 8 1.0~8 650 190 ≥27 4~10 15 1.1 6463
BSF-10 10 2.0~10 660 175 ≥27 4~10 18.5 1.1 6760
BSF-16 16 2.0~15 750 170 ≥27 6~15 30 1.1 9231
BSF-24 24 7.0~20 830 159 ≥29 8~18 37 1.1 10107
BSF-38 38 10.0~30 910 141 ≥34 10~20 45 1.1 12677

- 43 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

XHF Air-inflation Flotation Cell


Principle
The design of this type based on the advantages of various floata-
tion cells is a new one with self-owned intellectual property rights,
and has been declared the patent.
Features
Cone-shaped impeller is similar to a centrifugal pump impeller,
with large slurry transmission, small pressure head, strong agitation
force and simple structure.
Two sets of stator system, good air dispersion, generation of a nega-
tive pressure area simultaneously, and automatic ore slurry suction.
U-shaped tank and little solid particles sediment.
Low power consumption.
Good air dispersion effect, uniform distribution of proper size of bubbles, and high flotation recovery.
Not easy to sink.
Full suspension of solid particles and high flotation index.
Light abrasion of wearing parts and long service life.
Automatic slurry suction.
Special Tips
Mechanical agitation, no automatic air suction, and automatic slurry suction.
It can be combined with BSF and BS-K flotation cells to be a set of flotation cells as suction tanks.
Technical Parameters
Max. Air Motor
Effective Impeller Impeller Air Pressure Motor Power Single Tank
Capacity Inflation Power for
Model Volume Diameter Revolution of Blower for Agitation Weight
(m3/min) Volume Scraper
(m3) (mm) (r/min) (kPa) (kW) (kg)
(m3/m2.min) (kW)
XHF-1 1 0.2~1 470 358 ≥12.6 2 5.5 1.1 1154
XHF-2 2 0.4~2 460 331 ≥14.7 2 7.5 1.1 1659
XHF-3 3 0.6~3 540 266 ≥19.8 2 11 1.5 2259
XHF-4 4 1.2~4 620 215 ≥19.8 2 15 1.5 2669
XHF-6 6 1.0~6 620 205 ≥19.8 2 18.5 1.1 3850
XHF-8 8 3.0~8 720 185 ≥21.6 2 22 1.1 4332
XHF-10 10 2.0~10 760 195 ≥21.6 2 30 1.1 5114
XHF-16 16 4.0~16 860 160 ≥25.5 2 37 1.5 8731
XHF-24 24 4.0~24 950 153 ≥30.4 2 37 1.5 10146
XHF-38 38 10.0~38 1050 136 ≥34.3 2 45 1.5 11707

- 44 -
FLOTATING

High-efficiency Energy-saving Circular Flotation Cell


Principle
High-Efficiency energy-saving circular flotation cell with high efficiency
and energy conservation can be widely used in mineral classifications of
various metals, non-metals. It has the advantages of flexible operation,
easy to control, stable running and convenient maintenance. Circular
tank is convenient to the on-site construction, reducing occupied area
and investment.
Features
Large size: Due to the uniform force distribution of the geometrical
shape, there is no defect of stress concentration, which is suitable for
the large-size development.
No sink to tank bottom: Good flow mechanics properties of circular tanks ensure no sinking and dead angle compared
with square tanks.
Energy-saving and cost-reducing: Flow mechanics properties of impellers and tanks ensure less power consumption,
which can reduce by 15-20% compared with the flotation cells with the same specifications.
High recovery rate: Full mixing of ore and agent makes foam rich and stable, and the index of recovery rate is 1-3%
greater than that of the flotation cells with the same specifications.
High concentrate grade: Due to the strong agitating power and rich foam, the concentrate grade is 10 ~ 35% higher
than that of the flotation cells with the same specifications.
Simple and convenient operation and maintenance: There is no need of ore drawing when to start or stop operation,
and no device of scraping bubbles makes simple operation and easy maintenance.
Safety and environmental protection: The flotation tank top can be completely sealed avoiding harmful gases being
released into the air.
High degree of automation: The liquid level - air inflation – lubrication automatic control is used to reduce the number
of operating personnel and labor intensity.
① Automatic lubrication system ensures well equipment operation and long service life;
② Automatic discharge device of tailings box (middle) can adjust ore discharge automatically;
③ The device of automatic detection of liquid level and control can realize the remote control operation, which in-
creases the operating precision and reduces the operation intensity and error;
④ The device of air volume automatic detection and control can realize the remote control operation, display the air
volume online, and ensure the stability of inflating volume;
⑤ The PH value of slurry can be displayed online and detected at any time by PH value detection device;
⑥ The concentration of slurry can be displayed and detected online by the concentration automatic detection device.
Technical Parameters
Spec. Effective Volume (m³) Power(kW) Min. Inlet Air Pressure (kPa) Inflating Volume(m³/m2 min)
XYF-5 5 11 > 15 0.05~1.4
XYF-10 10 22 > 20 0.05~1.4
XYF-30 30 45 > 31 0.05~1.4
XYF-50 50 75 > 33 0.05~1.4
XYF-70 70 90 > 41 0.05~1.4
XYF-100 100 132 > 46 0.05~1.4

- 45 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Cyclonic Micro-bubble Flotation Column

Features
The cyclonic micro-bubble flotation column with a large capacity in unit
volume and advanced technical index has the features of flotation and
reselection, and can realize the functions of roughing, concentration and
scavenging in the same cylinder, which makes little pollution, ash content
and high recovery of clean coal.
It is completely suitable for the flotation of the coal below 0.5mm or metal
fine particles, and especially for the flotation of coal slurry with high ash
content, extremely fine particle size and hard classification, or metal fine
particles.
Technical Parameters
Model
WFXZ-1.8 WFXZ-2.0 WFXZ-2.5 WFXZ-2.8 WFXZ-3.0
Parameters
Cylinder Height (mm) 1800 2000 2500 2800 3000
Cylinder Height (mm) 6500 7000 7000 7000 7500
Feeding Concentration (g/L) 50~150 50~150 50~150 50~150 50~150
Feed Size (mm) -0.5 0.16~0.20 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5
Slurry (m³/h) 100~200 100~200 125~250 150~300 200~300
Capacity
Dry Measure (t/h) 5~12 5~12 8~16 10~20 12~20
Micro Bubble Generator Pressure 0.16~0.20 0.16~0.2 0.16~0.20 0.16~0.20 0.16~0.20
Quantity of Micro Bubble Generator 10 10 14 18 20
Model IS(R)150-125-315 IS(R)150-125-315 IS(R)150-125-400 IS(R)200-150-315 LQE200-150
Cycle Pump Motor Y225M-4 Y225M-4 Y225M-4 Y225M-4 Y280S-4
Power (kW) 30 30 45 55 75
Oil Consumption (kg/t)
1.0~1.5 1.0~1.5 1.0~1.5 1.0~1.5 1.0~1.5
Dry Coal Slurry

- 46 -
■ AGITATING
High-efficiency Agitation Tank

High-temperature Agitation Tank

Lifting Agitation Tank

High-concentration Agitation Tank

Ordinary Agitation Tank

Cone-bottom Agitation Tank

Reagent Agitation Tank

Pickling Agitation Tank


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ AGITATING
High-eficiency Agitation Tank
Principle
The rotation of the impeller drives the flowing of the slurry, which makes the
mineral grains and the agents mix well.
Features
Big diameter impeller and strong agitation capability of the slurry and agent.
Big linear velocity impeller and strong agitation capability of the slurry and agent.
Umbrella-shaped impeller enhances the agitation and circulation capability of the
slurry and agent.
With the agitation capability enhanced, the circulation capability of the slurry
and agent will also be enhanced.
With a baffle equipped in the tank, strong negative pressure is compressed in a limited space which improves the
suction capability and enhances the circulation capability of the slurry and the agent.
The running down pressure of the umbrella-shaped impeller.
Enhances the suction capability and the circulation capability, and further enhances the circulation capability of the
agent and ores with the sprayer equipped at the lower part of the baffle.
Only 100% agent of the ore surface ensures higher index.
Application
Used for the slurry agitation before the flotation operation.
Technical Parameters
Effective Rotating Speed of Diameter of Motor Power Weight
Model Motor Model
Volume (m³) Impeller (r/min) Impeller (mm) (kW) (kg)
GBJ-1000×1000 0.58 530 240 Y112M-6 2.2 548
GBJ-1250×1250 1.15 350 240 Y100L2-4 3 820
GBJ-1500×1500 2.2 320 420 Y132M2-6 5.5 1350
GBJ-2000×2000 5.46 240 560 Y160M-6 7.5 3173
GBJ-2500×2500 11.2 232 560 Y180L-6 15 3939
GBJ-3000×3000 19.1 220 700 Y225S-8 18.5 6676
GBJ-3500×3500 31 248 700 Y225M-8 22 7581
GBJ-4000×4000 45 153 1000 Y250M-8 37 9560

High-temperature Agitation Tank


Applicable for the ore slurry agitation which needs heating and heat preservation, with the peculiar high-temperature
resistant inner and the asbestos insulation materials filled into the interlayer.
Technical Parameters
Model Diameter (mm) Height (mm) Volume (m³) Proportion of Slurry (t/m³) Power (kW) Weight (kg)
SJJ2.5-2.5 2500 2500 11 ≤1.6 11 3087
SJJ3.5-3.5 3500 3500 30 ≤1.4 30 5997

- 48 -
AGITATING

Lifting Agitation Tank


Principle
The high-speed rotation of the centrifugal impeller produces a negative pressure in the
impeller center, and the cylinder block, at the bottom of the impeller, sucks the outside slurry
into the tank, which makes the surface level growing continuously. When it's up to a certain
level, it will flow out along the overflow pipe, and then enhances the lifting capability.
Features
Use Xinhai wear-resistant rubber vane.
The height of agitation can be set according to the requirements of the clients.
Application
This kind of equipment can be used when the dispersion of the slurry is too big because of
the equipment configuration, or the dispersion is too small to pump up.
Technical Parameters
Effective Rotating Speed
Diameter of Tank Depth Diameter of Height of Motor Power Weight
Model Volume of Impeller Motor Model
Tank (mm) (mm) Impeller (mm) Lifting (mm) (kW) (kg)
(m³) (r/min)
TBJ-1000 1000 1266 0.9 460 300 980 Y132M2-6 5.5 700
TBJ-1250 1250 1510 1.396 460 400 1220 Y160M-6 7.5 780
TBJ-1500 1500 1800 2.8 464 450 1470 Y160L-6 11 1022
TBJ-2000 2000 2000 5.8 312 600 1570 Y200L1-6 18.5 3122
TBJ-2500 2500 2500 11.5 310 600 2070 Y225M-8 22 3760

High-concentration Agitation Tank


Principle
The agitating shaft adopts upper and lower double-impeller structure. Under the condition
of the high speed rotation, the upper impeller presses the slurry downward, while the
lower impeller lifts the slurry up, and the two stands of the slurry crushes in the middle,
then spreads to the surrounding, thus the concentration slurry forms a big circuit in the
whole tank and generates the upward stream, which reduces the settling velocity greatly
and improves the agitation capability, in order to adapt the agitation of the concentration
slurry.
Features
Use wear-resistant rubber vane. The agitating concentration can be up to 75%.
Application
Used for the backfill agitation of the mortar, or the agitation of the high-concentration
slurry, such as the thickener underflow buffer.
Technical Parameters
Effective Volume Rotating Speed Diameter of Motor Power Weight
Model Motor Model
(m³) of Impeller (r/min) Impeller (mm) (kW) (kg)
BJN-1500×1500 2.2 43 700 XLD4-S-35 4 920
BJN-2000×2000 4.4 200 900 Y160M-6 7.5 1860
BJN-3000×3000 19.1 160 1300 Y225M-8 22 4660
BJN-4000×4000 46 120 1000 Y250M-8 30 8153

- 49 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Ordinary Agitation Tank


Principle
The rotation of the impeller drives the flowing of the slurry, and under the
working of the circular cylinder, small circulations are formed in the tank, which
realizes the fully agitating.
Features
The cylinder is lined with wear-resistant rubber with strong resistance to wear
and corrosion.
Big linear velocity impeller and strong agitation capability.
Application
Used for the slurry agitation stirring before the flotation operation.
Technical Parameters
Rotating Speed Diameter
Effective Volume Motor Power Weight
Model of Impeller of Impeller Motor Model
(m³) (kW) (kg)
(r/min) (mm)
BJ-500×500 0.0785 493 160 Y80L-4 0.55 120
BJ-750×750 0.25 530 240 Y100L-6 1.5 240
BJ-1000×1000 0.58 530 310 Y100L-6 1.5 680
BJ-1500×1500 2.2 320 400 Y132S-6 3 790
BJ-1600×1800 2.6 331 400 Y132M2-6 5.5 990
BJ-2000×2000 4.4 230 550 Y132M2-6 5.5 1800
BJ-2000×2500 5.9 230 630 Y160M-6 7.5 2106
BJ-2500×2500 11.2 230 630 Y160M-6 7.5 2766
BJ-3000×3000 19.1 210 700 Y225S-8 18.5 4613
BJ-3500×3500 24 230 850 Y225M-8 22 5980
BJ-4000×4000 45 153 1000 Y250M-8 30 8910

Cone-bottom Agitation Tank


Principle
The rotation of the impeller drives the flowing of the slurry, which realizes the fully agitating
of the slurry.
Features
The cylinder is lined with wear-resistant rubber with strong resistance to wear and
corrosion.
Strong ore discharging capability.
Application
Used for the slurry agitation before the flotation operation
Technical Parameters
Rotating Speed Diameter
Effective Volume Motor Power Weight
Model of Impeller of Impeller Motor Model
(m3) (kW) (kg)
(r/min) (mm)
BJZ-750×750 0.26 Y90L-4 240
530 240 1.5
BJZ-1000×1000 0.62 Y100L-6 680
BJZ-1500×1500 2.38 320 400 Y132S-6 3 1375
BJZ-2000×2000 5.6 230 550 Y132M2-6 5.5 2000

- 50 -
AGITATING

Reagent Agitation Tank


Principle
Through the impeller rotation inside the tank, the liquid is made to flow and fully mix with
the agent.
Features
The cylinder is lined with wear-resistant rubber with strong resistance to wear and corrosion.
Strong mixture capability of the liquid and the agent.
Application
Used for the agent preparation before the floatation.
Technical Parameters
Rotating Speed Diameter
Effective Volume Motor Power
Model of Impeller of Impeller Motor Model Weight (kg)
(m³) (kW)
(r/min) (mm)
BJW-500×600 0.094 493 200 Y80L-4 0.55 120
BJW-750×750 0.25 530 240 Y100L-6 1.5 230
BJW-750×1000 0.35 530 240 Y100L-6 1.5 270
BJW-1000×1000 0.58 530 240 Y100L-6 1.5 420
BJW-1250×1250 1.15 492 310 Y100L1-4 2.2 490
BJW-1500×1500 2.2 320 400 Y132S-6 3 1310
BJW-2000×2000 5.46 230 550 Y132M2-6 5.5 1720
BJW-3000×3000 14.8 210 700 Y225S-8 18.5 4613

Pickling Agitation Tank


Principle
The rotation of the impeller drives the circulation flowing of the acid liquid, which fully
washes the carbon in the tank.
Features
Made of stainless steel or wear-resistant rubber with acid and wear resistance.
Application
Used for carbon pickling after the desorption electrolysis.
Technical Parameters
Effective Volume Rotating Speed of Diameter of Motor Power
Model Motor Model Weight (kg)
(m³) Impeller (r/min) Impeller (mm) (kW)
BJS-1000×1000 0.86 513 240 Y90L-6 1.1 380
BJS-1250×1250 1.3 492 310 Y100L1-4 2.2 580
BJS-1300×1600 1.8 320 400 Y132S-6 3 750
BJS-1500×1500 1.83 320 400 Y132S-6 3 820

- 51 -
■ GRAVITY SEPARATING
Diaphragm Jig

Centrifugal Separator

Sawtooth Wave Jig

XS Shaking Table

XY Shaking Table

BLL GRP Spiral Chute


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ GRAVITY SEPARATING
Diaphragm Jig
Principle
Diaphragm jig is divided into two kinds of models including left-hand machine and right-hand
jig cover. With fixed sieve, the jig is suitable for metal ore classification such as placer con-
tained tungsten and gold, tin concentration ore. This jig can be used not only for classification
of fine-grained materials but also for that of raw materials with the largest size of 6-8 mm,
but in the individual case of placer classification, the largest size is up to 12 mm.
Application
It is used for classifications of gold, tin, tungsten, titanium, iron ore, coal and other minerals,
especially widely used in the field of manganese mineral processing.
Technical Parameters
Sieve Adding Water Motor
Jig Feed Size Capacity Stroke Jig Frequency Weight
Name & Spec. Chamber Water Yield Pressure Power
Chamber (mm) (t/h) (mm) (time/min) Model (kg)
Area (m²) (t/h) (kg/ cm²) (kW)
100×150
1 0.015 -3 0.018~0.6 - 420 - 1~1.5 Y80L-4 0.55 130
Diaphragm Jig
300×450
Double-Chamber 2 0.27 -12 3~6 0~26 322 2~4 1~1.5 Y90S-4 1.1 745
Diaphragm Jig
1000×1000
Bottom Driven 2 2 1~5 10~25 0~26 200~350 60~80 0.6~2 Y100L-6 1.5 1700
Cone Jig
370×360
Bottom Driven Cone 2 0.274 6 1~3 5~25 200~250 2~5 - Y90S-4 1.1 240
Diaphragm Jig
Trapezoid Side Driven
3 2.7 -3 12.5~37.5 13~21 170~230 60~90 2 Y90S-4 1.1 2000
Diaphragm Jig
670×920 Jig 2 1.44 4~8 7~10 18~24 240~300 - - - - -

Centrifugal Separator
Principle Feeding

Centrifugal separator is a kind of grav-


ity separation equipment. The high-
speed rotation can make large cen- Tailings
trifugal force with intensifying gravity
separation process, and making more Concentrate
effective recovery of the fine ore Back Wash Water

particle. Experiments show that it is


especially effective for monomer gold 1. Rack 2. Concentrate Outlet 3. Back Wash Water Inlet
in vein gold ore. It also can be widely 4. Motor Drive Part 5. Tailings Launder 6. Rotating Endotheca
7. Rotating Spindle 8. Feed Pipe 9. Isolation Spring
used for the recovery of monomer
gold in other metals. Structural Drawing of Centrifugal Separator

Technical Parameters
Model Power (kW) Capacity (t/h) Slurry Water (L/min) Back Wash Water (L/min) Concentrate Output (kg/time)
LX19 0.75 0.25 16 30 1.5~2.5
LX25 1.1 1~1.5 60 50 3~5
LX30 1.5 2~3 120 80 5~8
LX60 5.5 8~12 400 130~180 20~30

- 54 -
GRAVITY SEPARATING

Sawtooth Wave Jig


Principle
Sawtooth wave jig is one of the modern gravity separation equipment, due
to its great process ability, wide range of particle size classification, and
simple operation and maintenance, it is widely used in mineral roughing or
concentration of placer gold, tin, titanium, hematite, iron ore, coal, etc., es-
pecially in the fields of mineral processing of manganese ore and barite ore.
Traditional jigs are usually driven by circular eccentric force, the jig pulsation
curve of which is sinusoidal waveform. The speed and action time of the rise
and fall water currents produced by the diaphragm motion are the same,
therefore it is bad for the decompaction of jig bed and ore particle layering
according to the proportion so as to affect the classification ratio and recov-
ery.
Sawtooth wave jig is a kind of gravity separation equipment revised and
manufactured based on traditional jigs according to jig bed theories and lay-
ering rules. The jig pulsation curve is in shape of sawtooth, which makes the
rising water flow quicker than the falling water flow. The rising time shorter than the falling time solves the problem
that the speed and action time of the rise and fall water currents produced by the diaphragm motion are the same,
which strengthens the decompaction of jig bed, eases suction impact, makes full sedimentation of heavy ore particles
and enhances the classification ratio and recovery. Compared with sine wave jig, Sn is increased by 3.01%, W is in-
creased by 5.5%, Pb is increased by 1.63%, and Zn is increased by 2.04%; water consumption is reduced by 30% - 40%,
and covering area is reduced by 1/3. The adjustable stroke with infinitely variable control of jig frequency is driven by
electromagnetic adjustment of the motor, the property of which has reached domestic advanced level. Sawtooth wave
jig is one of the ideal energy-saving gravity concentrating equipment.
Technical Parameters
Jigging Chamber Diaphragm Adding Water
Item & Feed Water Handling Motor
Yield Under Dimension Weight
Parameters Area Stroke Jig Frequency Size Pressure Capacity Power
Shape Screen (mm) (kg)
& Model (m2) (mm) (time/min) (mm) (MPa) (t/h) (kW)
(m3/t)

JT-0.57 Trapezoid 0.57 <6 1~2 1.5~3 1.5 1550×780×1530 610


8.5~12
JT1-1 Trapezoid 1.04 10~17 80~180 <10 2~3 ≥0.05 2.5~5 2.2 2270×1110×1890 900
12~21
JT2-2 Rectangle 2.28 <10 2~4 5~10 3 3225×1550×2050 1640
JT3-1 Trapezoid 3 12~30 <10 3~6 7.5~15 5.5 2745×2000×3030 3085
JT4-2 Rectangle 4 25~57 <25 4~8 8~20 7.5 4240×1990×2750 3098
50~125 ≥0.05
JT4-2A Rectangle 4 25~57 <25 4~8 8~20 4×2 4240×1990×2750 3500
JT5-2 Trapezoid 4.86 12~30 <10 3~6 12~25 7.5 3600×2000×2600 4500

- 55 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

XS Shaking Table
Principle
The table is mainly composed of eight parts including bed
head, motor, slope modulator, bed surface, bunker, water
tank, rifle bar and lubricating system.
The vertical reciprocating motion of the bed surface is
driven by the crank-connecting rod mechanism. The mo-
tor through the belt drive makes the pulley drive the
rotation of the bent axle with up-and-down motion of the
rocker. When the down motion of the rocker, the bracket
drives rear axle and reciprocating lever to move backward,
by which the spring is compressed. The bed surface is con-
nected with reciprocating lever through linkage base, so at
this time it moves backward, and the rocker is pushed by
the tension force of the spring when it does the upward
motion with the forward motion of the bed surface.
Application
XS shaking table is one of the main equipment of gravity separation, and it is widely used in the mineral classifications
of tungsten, tin, tantalum, niobium, gold and other rare metals and precious metals. It is also used for different opera-
tions such as roughing, selection, and scavenging; different particle-size classifications of coarse sand (2-0.5 mm), fine
sand (0.5-0.074 mm), slurry (-0.074) and so on; classifications of iron, manganese ore and coal. The effective recycling
particle size range of table is 2-0.22 mm when processing the minerals such as tungsten and tin.
Technical Parameters
Model XS 7.6 XS 4.08 XS 1.95 XS 0.5
Coarse Sand Fine Sand Slurry Bed
Bed Surface Type 3 Kinds Of Bed Surfaces Selectable
Bed Surface Bed Surface Surface
Beneficiation Area of
7.6 7.6 7.6 4.08 1.95 0.5
Bed Surface (m2)
Length (mm) 4500 4500 4500 3000 2100 1100
Width of Driving
Bed Surface 1850 1850 1850 1320 1050 500
End (mm)
Dimension Width of
Concentration 1550 1550 1550 1100 850 430
End (mm)
Ore Sand-2
Ore Sand -2 Ore Sand -2
Max. Feed Size (mm) 2 0.5 0.074 Slurry
Slurry -0.1 Slurry -0.074
-0.074
Capacity (t/h) 1~1.8 0.5~1 0.3~0.5 0.4~1.5 0.3~0.8 0.05~0.2
Feed Density (%) 20~30 18~25 15~20 10~30
Stroke (mm) 16~22 11~16 8~16 6~30 12~28 9~17
Jig Frequency (r/min) 220 250 280 210~320 250~450 280~460
Water Consumption (t/h) 0.7~1 0.4~0.7 0.4~0.7 0.3~1.5 0.2~1 0.1~0.5
Notch Groove Section Shape Rectangle Sawtooth Wave Triangle Rectangle, Sawtooth Wave and Triangle Selectable
Motor Power (kW) 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.55

- 56 -
GRAVITY SEPARATING

XY Shaking Table
Features
The table with smooth surface, good abrasive resistance and sec-
tional repair is sturdy and durable without deformation.
The motion of the bed head with apparent asymmetry has wide
adjustment range of the differential to accommodate different feed
particle sizes and classification requirements.
Reliable operation of bed head mechanism, less fragile parts, and no
oil leak.
Application
It is widely used in gravity separation of tin, tungsten, lead, gold and
other non-ferrous, black, rare earth ores with the particle size of
2-0.019 mm.
Technical Parameters
Model Coarse Sand Bed Surface Fine Sand Bed Surface Notch Groove Bed Surface
Bed Surface Dimension (mm) 4436×1825×1536
Stroke (mm) 16~22 10~16 10~16
Jig Frequency (r/min) 240~290 300~320 330~340
Water Consumption (t/h) 190 80 50
Capacity (t/h) 30 8 8
Feed Size (mm) 2~0.2 0.5~0.037 0.074~0.019
Feed Density (%) 20~25 15~20 15~20
Min. Installation Slope 2°30″ 1°50″ 0°45″
Outline Dimension (mm) 5454×1825×1242
Adjustable Range of Stroke (mm) 8~22
Power (kW) 1.5
Weight (kg) 1012

- 57 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

BLL GRP Spiral Chute

Principle
The ore sands are conveyed by the sand pump onto the two feeding
inlets on the screw top, then make-up water is added to adjust the pulp
density, and the slurry rotationally flows down from the upper point. The
inertial centrifugal force is generated from the speed of rotating slope
flow. As the differences of ore sand proportion, particle size and shape,
and under the action of rotational flow gravity and centrifugal force,
the ore is separated from sand, the concentrates flow into concentrate
bucket and then be discharged by pipe, while the tailings flow into tail-
ing bucket and flow into sand pond by pipe, then be discharged by sand
pump.
Features
High efficiency, high recovery and accurate ore separation. No power. Light weight, rust, wear and corrosion resistance.
Low operation cost and long lifespan. Strong adaptability to the variation of feeding quantity, density, particle size and
grade. The friction of emery surface makes the mineral processing effect better than that of the other plastic surface.
Application
The fiberglass spiral chute is a kind of new efficient gravity-processing equipment with domestic advanced level. It is
applied to process fine grained iron, tin, tungsten, tantalum, niobium, gold, coal, monazite, rutile and zircon whose
particle sizes are between 0.3-0.02mm, and also applied to other metal minerals, non-metallic minerals with enough
proportion differences.
Technical Parameters
Model BLL-2000 BLL-1500 BLL-1200 BLL-900 BLL-600 BLL-400
Outside Diameter (mm) 2000 1500 1200 900 600 400
Screw Pitch (mm) 1200 900,675 900,720,540 675,540,405 450,360,270 240,180
Pitch Diameter Ratio 0.6 0.48,0.36 0.75,0.6,0.45 0.75,0.6,0.45 0.75,0.6,0.45 0.6,0.45
Lateral Dip Angle (degree) 9° 9° 9° 9° 9° 9°
Max. Screw Numbers Per Set 3 4 4 4 2 2
Feed Size (mm) 2.00~0.04 0.8~0.037 0.3~0.03 0.3~0.03 0.2~0.02 0.2~0.02
Feed Density (%) 30~55 30~55 25~55 25~55 25~55 25~55
Capacity (t/h) 7~10 6~8 4~6 2~3 0.8~1.2 0.15~0.2
Length (mm) 2120 1600 1360 1060 700 460
Overall
Width (mm) 2120 1600 1360 1060 700 460
Dimension
Height (mm) 5600 5300 5230 4000 2600 1500
Weight (kg) 900 850/800 700/650/600 450/400/350 120/100/80 50

- 58 -
■ MAGNETIC SEPARATING
Dry Separator with Eccentric Rotating Magnetic System

Permanent Magnetic Roller

Permanent Magnetic Drum Magnetic Separator


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ MAGNETIC SEPARATING
Dry Separator with Eccentric Rotating Magnetic System

Patent product (patent application No.: 201410328639.2)


Principle
As shown in the figure, the separation cylinder without belt outside will
enhance the intensity of magnetic field of the separation area. The rotat-
ing magnetic system (wrap angle of 360 degree) is set inside the separa-
tion cylinder, while the fixed magnetic system (magnetic wrapping angle
of less than 90 degree) is set inside the ore dumping cylinder. The rota-
tion direction of the separation cylinder is as the same as that of the ore
dumping, but is opposite to that of the rotating magnetic system.
When the materials feeder transports the minerals to the separation area
of the separation cylinder, the magnetic minerals will alternate rapidly
and repeatedly within a short time through the N pole and S pole of the
magnetic field, and the magnetic minerals will do magnetic reversal and
magnetic agitation. The non-magnetic (weak) magnetic mineral mingled Rotating
magnetic
in the magnetic minerals is not or slightly affected by the adsorption of the Feeder system
Separation
magnetic force, moving to the outer layer gradually, and is thrown out by the minerals
Non (weak) magnetic cylinder

centrifugal force, gravity and the joint action of magnetic turn and agitation of Mineral Fixed
magnetic
magnetic minerals.
separation plate system
Ore dumping

In the separation area of the separation cylinder, the centrifugal force and cylinder

Magnetic
gravitation of magnetic minerals mingled with non-magnetic minerals are much minerals

less than the magnetic force. With the adsorption of the magnetic force and
the joint action of the magnetic turn and agitation of magnetic minerals, the
magnetic minerals will move to the inter layer gradually. When the magnetic minerals rotate to the ore unloading area
with the separation cylinder, as the rotation magnetic system is eccentric, the magnetic density of the ore unloading
area for the separation cylinder is extremely weak, and most of the magnetic minerals can fall off automatically.
A small quantity of magnetic minerals not falling off will be adsorbed to the external surface of the ore unloading
cylinder with higher magnetic density when rotating to the position nearby the ore unloading cylinder so as to realize
the automatic unloading of magnetic minerals.
Features
This patented product is a kind of upgrading equipment based on conventional magnetic roller or conventional dry
separator. When it is working, the magnetic minerals will take rapid magnetic reversal and magnetic agitation, which
will significantly reduce the number of non-magnetic (weak magnetic) minerals in the magnetic minerals. In this way,
the efficient separation of magnetic minerals and non-magnetic (weak magnetic) minerals will be realized, and fine
magnetic minerals and coarse magnetic minerals will not get lost.
This patented product solves the eddy current heating problem, ore sticking problem for separation cylinder, and mine
unloading problem of conventional 360 degree rotating magnetic dry separator. The conventional 360 degree rotating
magnetic dry separator must use the belt to unload the mine by the outside of it, therefore the magnetic minerals are
easy to enter the central space between the inside belt and sorting tank. The magnetic minerals attached on the sur-
face of sorting tank cannot fall off automatically (cannot unload mine automatically). As the accumulation grows, the
separation effect is affected. What’s worse, rapid wear of sorting tank body as well as the belt will be caused, and the
normal operation of production will be seriously affected.
Under the condition that the grade of the dry tailings is equal to or even lower than that of conventional magnetic roll-
er or conventional dry separator, for high-grade and lean magnetite with different features, by adjusting corresponding
technical parameters and structure, about 10%-30% tailings discharging and about 1.0%-8.7% of concentration grade

- 60 -
MAGNETIC SEPARATING

can be increased compared to conventional magnetic roller or conventional dry separator. The concentrate grade of dry
separation is significantly enhanced compared to the feeding grade. Under the conditions of fine crushing size of below 2
mm and coarse dissemination size, more than 60% grade of the dry separation concentrate can usually be obtained directly.
In the actual production, if one patented product can process 1 million tons of raw ore every year (150 t/h, 1million t/a), it
can discharge an extra 0.1-0.3million tons of the qualified dry tailings, and reduce 0.1-0.3 million tons of waste rocks before
ore grinding every year, which can reduce the concentration ratio and the cost of production sharply. If the production costs
such as the ore grinding, magnetic separation and the wet separation tailing processing is 30 yuan/ton, one set of the pat-
ented product can save the production costs of about 3-9 million yuan. Under the condition of the same amount of mining,
the output of the iron concentrate basically remains unchanged.
As the amount of the waste rocks into the mill is reduced, the annual capacity of the ball mill is actually increased by
(100,000-300,000 t/a) for one patented product, and the iron powder production is correspondingly increased without any
investment in plant expansion, increase of grinding and mineral processing equipment, roads, water supply, tailing process-
ing, etc., and with almost no increase of electricity load and labors, the economic and resource environmental benefits are
significant.
Before grinding, a large number of qualified dry tailings can be discarded, with the convenient treatment, they can be direct-
ly transported to the hillock, and also can be used as building stones or river sand to create certain economic benefits, while
by which the number of wet tailings are reduced and the lifespan of tailings pond is improved.
The magnetic wrapping angle is 360 degree. The magnetic systems all adopt Nd-Fe-B magnets with high magnetic energy
product and high coercivity, strong magnetic density and high affect depth. The demagnetization rate of the magnetic den-
sity within 8 years is no more than 5%.
Covering the magnetic system with non-magnetic stainless steel ensures no peeling off of the magnet.
The separation cylinder is covered with the super wear-resistant rubber produced by our company, thus the service life can
be prolonged significantly.
Application
To be applied to the dry preconcentration of high-grade and lean magnetite ore before grinding with the selected granularity
below 30mm. The finer the granularity is, the better the result is. Generally, large amount of tailings can be discharged, and
the grinding quality can be greatly enhanced. To be applied to dry separation and recycling of the lost magnetite from the
abandoned tailings. To be applied to dry separation and recycling of ferromagnetic materials from the abandoned steel slag.
Technical Parameters
Model & Spec. CTXG-0606 CTXG-0812 CTXG-0818
Diameter of Cylinder (mm) 600 800 800
Length of Cylinder (mm) 600 1200 1800
Surface Magnetic Density (mt) 300~500 300~500 300~500
Feed Size (mm) -30 -30 -30
Feed Moisture Content ≤5% ≤5% ≤5%
Capacity (t/h) ≤35 ≤100 ≤150
Motor Power (kW) 5.5×2 11×2 11×2
Total Weight (t) 2.9 5.8 7.9
Overall Dimension (L×W×H) (mm) 2700×1700×1900 3400×2000×2100 4200×2000×2100

- 61 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Permanent Magnetic Roller


Features
With the design of large magnetic wrap angle ≤180°,
by increasing the length of sorting belt and magnetic
turn, the efficient separation of magnetic and non-
magnetic (or weak magnetic) minerals can be realized.
Magnetic systems all adopt Nd-Fe-B magnets with
high magnetic energy product and high coercivity,
strong magnetic density and high affect depth. The
demagnetization rate of the magnetic density within 8
years is no more than 5%.
Covering the magnetic system with non-magnetic
stainless steel ensures no peeling off of the magnet.
The cylinder adopts non-magnetic stainless steel,
covered with the super wear-resistant rubber produced by our company, thus the service life can be prolonged signifi-
cantly.
The magnetic roller can not only be the driving roller, but also the driven roller.
Application
It is used for the dry preconcentration before entering the grinding mills of the magnetite with the selected particle
size of less than 300 mm. Generally, appropriate amount of tailings can be discarded, and the feed grade can be in-
creased to or above geological grade.
Technical Parameters
Diameter of Length of Width of Surface Magnetic Capacity Feed Size Total Weight
Model & Spec.
Cylinder (mm) Cylinder (mm) Belt (mm) Density (mt) (t/h) (mm) (t)
CTGG-0812 800 1200 1000 300~500 ≤100 ≤200 2.1
CTGG-0814 800 1400 1200 300~500 ≤120 ≤200 2.6
CTGG-0816 800 1600 1400 300~500 ≤150 ≤200 3.2
CTGG-0818 800 1800 1600 300~500 ≤180 ≤200 3.9
CTGG-1018 1000 1800 1600 300~500 ≤270 ≤250 4.4
CTGG-1218 1200 1800 1600 300~500 ≤350 ≤300 5.0

- 62 -
MAGNETIC SEPARATING

Permanent Magnetic Drum Magnetic Separator


Features
All are new type and high-efficiency wet magnetic separators
Magnetic systems all adopt Nd-Fe-B magnets with high mag-
netic energy product and high coercivity, strong magnetic
density and high affect depth. The demagnetization rate of
the magnetic density within 8 years is no more than 5%.
With gradual change and smooth transition large angle mag-
netic system, by increasing the length of sorting belt and
magnetic turn, the efficient separation of magnetic and non-
magnetic (or weak magnetic) minerals can be realized.
Covering the magnetic system with non-magnetic stainless
steel ensures no peeling off of the magnet.
According to the different uses and flotation conditions, different series of magnetic separators adopt different mag-
netic systems and groove structures.
The groove structures are all semi counter-flow, and can be made into down flow type according to the beneficiation
conditions and the requirements of the clients.
The cylinder adopts non-magnetic stainless steel, and is covered with the super wear-resistant rubber produced by our
company, thus the service life can be prolonged significantly.
With strong adaptability to production, it can bear great fluctuation of feeding quantity of slurry and the fluctuation of
feed size and slurry concentration.
Excellent beneficiation index with high grade and high rate of recovery can be achieved at the same time.
Magnetic separators of different series can be used together or singly to get excellent beneficiation target.
Reasonable design, reliable running and convenient maintenance.
Application
CTBY permanent cylindrical magnetic separator for preconcentration: Suitable for wet preconcentration of magnetite
before entering grinding mills after fine crushing, and the selected particle size should be less than 10mm.
CTBC permanent cylindrical magnetic separator for roughing: Suitable for roughing of magnetite after stage one grind-
ing or multi-stage grinding or the roughing when recycling the magnetite from the tailings after sorting of nonferrous
metals. The selected particle size should be less than 4mm.
CTBJ permanent cylindrical magnetic separator for concentration: Suitable for further concentration of coarse magne-
tite concentrate after grinding and classification and roughing. The selected particle size should be less than 2mm.
CTBN permanent cylindrical magnetic separator for thickening: Suitable for thickening and magnetic separation of
magnetite before sending back to grinding mills after grinding, classification and sand returning, or the thickening and
magnetic separation of magnetite concentrate before entering the filter press. The selected particle size should be less
than 4mm.
Technical Parameters of CTBY Permanent Cylindrical Magnetic Separator for Preconcentration
Model & Spec. CTBY1018 CTBY1024 CTBY1030 CTBY1218 CTBY1224 CTBY1230
Diameter of Cylinder (mm) 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200
Length of Cylinder (mm) 1800 2400 3000 1800 2400 3000
Surface Magnetic Density (mt) 350~550 350~550 350~550 350~550 350~550 350~550
Rotating Speed of Cylinder (r/min) 23 23 23 20 20 20
Capacity of Dry Ore (t/h) 42~65 53~86 82~124 58~97 71~120 103~158
Feed Size (mm) 0~10 0~10 0~10 0~10 0~10 0~10
Slurry Density (%) 20~50 20~50 20~50 20~50 20~50 20~50
Motor Power (kW) 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 11 11
Total Weight (t) 5.2 6.4 7.1 6.7 7.2 8.9
Equipment Length (mm) 3160 3790 4460 3380 4190 4770
Equipment Width (mm) 2250 2250 2250 2460 2460 2460
Equipment Height (mm) 1750 1750 1750 2000 2000 2000

- 63 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Technical Parameters of CTBC Permanent Cylindrical Magnetic Separator for Roughing


Model & Spec. CTBC1018 CTBC1024 CTBC1030 CTBC1218 CTBC1224 CTBC1230
Diameter of Cylinder (mm) 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200
Length of Cylinder (mm) 1800 2400 3000 1800 2400 3000
Surface Magnetic Density (mt) 300~500 300~500 300~500 300~500 300~500 300~500
Rotating Speed of Cylinder (r/min) 23 23 23 20 20 20
Capacity of Dry Ore (t/h) 36~54 44~75 66~103 47~82 62~105 83~129
Feed Size (mm) 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4
Slurry Density (%) 20~50 20~50 20~50 20~50 20~50 20~50
Motor Power (kW) 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 11 11
Total Weight (t) 5.2 6.4 7.1 6.7 7.2 8.9
Equipment Length (mm) 3160 3790 4460 3380 4190 4770
Equipment Width (mm) 2250 2250 2250 2460 2460 2460
Equipment Height (mm) 1750 1750 1750 2000 2000 2000

Technical Parameters of CTBJ Permanent Cylindrical Magnetic Separator for Concentration


Model & Spec. CTBJ1018 CTBJ1024 CTBJ1030 CTBJ1218 CTBJ1224 CTBJ1230
Diameter of Cylinder (mm) 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200
Length of Cylinder (mm) 1800 2400 3000 1800 2400 3000
Surface Magnetic Density (mt) 200~300 200~300 200~300 200~300 200~300 200~300
Rotating Speed of Cylinder (r/min) 23 23 23 20 20 20
Capacity of Dry Ore (t/h) 24~36 33~56 46~72 35~45 43~77 54~86
Feed Size (mm) 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2
Slurry Density (%) 20~50 20~50 20~50 20~50 20~50 20~50
Motor Power (kW) 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 11 11
Total Weight (t) 5.2 6.4 7.1 6.7 7.2 8.9
Equipment Length (mm) 3160 3790 4460 3380 4190 4770
Equipment Width (mm) 2250 2250 2250 2460 2460 2460
Equipment Height (mm) 1750 1750 1750 2000 2000 2000

Technical Parameters of CTBN Permanent Cylindrical Magnetic Separator for Thickening


Spec. & Model CTBN1018 CTBN1024 CTBN1030 CTBN1218 CTBN1224 CTBN1230
Diameter of Cylinder (mm) 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200
Length of Cylinder (mm) 1800 2400 3000 1800 2400 3000
Surface Magnetic Density (mt) 260~450 260~450 260~450 260~450 260~450 260~450
Rotating Speed of Cylinder (r/min) 23 23 23 20 20 20
Capacity of Dry Ore (t/h) 35~68 46~86 67~126 52~90 77~126 90~160
Feed Size (mm) 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4 0~4
Slurry Density (%) 20~50 20~50 20~50 20~50 20~50 20~50
Motor Power (kW) 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 11 11
Total Weight (t) 5.2 6.4 7.1 6.7 7.2 8.9
Equipment Length (mm) 3160 3790 4460 3380 4190 4770
Equipment Width (mm) 2250 2250 2250 2460 2460 2460
Equipment Height (mm) 1750 1750 1750 2000 2000 2000

- 64 -
■ THICKENING
Updated High-efficiency Thickener

High-efficiency Thickener

Center Transmission Thickener

Thickener with Peripheral Roller Transmission

Flocculant Feeding Device

Thickener with Peripheral Rack Transmission

Flocculant Agitation Tank

High-Efficiency Deep-cone Thickener

Automatic Control Device of High-efficiency Thickener

Hydraulic Pressure Center Transmission Thickener

Vibration Inclined-Plate High-efficiency Thickener


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ THICKENING

Updated High-efficiency Thickener


Principle
The thickener is mainly composed of two major parts including
circular thickening tank and rake-type mud scraper: The solid
particles suspended in the slurry in the thickening tank is settled
by the gravity effect, after that, the clear water is on top, which
makes the solid-liquid separation. The slurry deposited at
the bottom of the thickening tank is continuously scraped to
the center of the tank bottom by rake-type mud scraper and
discharged by the outlet, and the clean water overflows from the
top edge of the thickening tank.
Features
The deaerating tank is added to avoid solid particles attaching to
bubbles and settling as parachute phenomena.
The feeding pipe is installed under the liquid level in order to bring the air when feeding.
The feeding sleeve is moved to a lower position and equipped with a receiving plate in order to make the slurry fed fall
evenly and steadily and effectively prevent the rolling phenomena caused by the overbottom pressure from feeding.
The overflow weir in sawtooth shape can reduce part suction phenomena caused by out of level of overflow weir.
The linear of rabble blade is changed from slash to curve, which makes the rise of discharging underflow concentration
and the improvement of the treatment capacity.
Application
It can be widely used for the treatment of slime, waste water, and waste residue in metallurgy, mining, coal, chemical
industry, building materials, and environmental protection departments.
Technical Parameters
Tank Diameter Tank Depth Subsidence Area Capacity Motor Power Steel Tank Weight
Model Motor Model
(mm) (mm) (m2) (t/d) (kW) Weight (kg) (kg)
NZSG-2.5 2500 1850 4.9 5~22.4 Y90L-6 1.1 1000 2225
NZSG-3A 3000 1800 7 5~23.3 Y100L-6 1.5 1664 3168
NZSG-3 3600 1800 10.2 5~28.5 Y100L-6 1.5 2097 3680
NZSG-5 5000 2956 16 16~90 Y90L-4 1.5 5160 8031
NZSG-6 6000 2956 28.3 98 Y90L-4 1.5 5769 9200
NZSG-7 7000 3000 38.5 140 Y112M-6 2.2 8800 13862
NZSG-8 8000 3318 50.2 185 Y132S-6 3 12966 19158
NZSG-9 9000 3376 63 210 Y132S-6 3 15418 21733
NZSG-12 12000 3600 113 370 Y132S-6 3 25589 34823
NZSG-15 15000 3600 176 580 Y132S-4 5.5 35800 54315
NZSG-18 18000 4400 255 960 YCT200-4B 7.5 52485 73588
NZSG-20 20000 4400 315 1400 YCT200-4B 7.5 59365 76312
Note: The specification can be designed according to the requirements of the users.
If adding flocculant, the capacity can be improved by 3-6 times.
The concrete structure can be adopted if the thickening diameter is greater than φ7m.

- 66 -
THICKENING

High-efficiency Thickener
Principle
The thickener is mainly composed of two major parts including
circular thickening tank and rake-type mud scraper: The solid particles
suspended in the slurry in the thickening tank is settled by the gravity
effect, after that, the clear water is on top, which makes the solid-
liquid separation. The slurry deposited at the bottom of the thickening
tank is continuously scraped to the center of the tank bottom by rake-
type mud scraper and discharged by the outlet, and the clean water
overflows from the top edge of the thickening tank.
Features
Produced by introducing American technology.
New mechanical structure strengthens the flocculation on solid
particles of the flocculants.
Flocculant adding system can be provided, as well as the automatic control systems of flocculant adding and high-
efficiency thickener.
Application
It can be widely used for the treatment of slime, waste water, and waste residue in metallurgy, mining, coal, chemical
industry, building materials, and environmental protection departments.
Technical Parameters

Inner Rabble Driving Lifting


Tank Lifting Driving Lifting Steel Tank
Diameter Subsidence Rotating Motor Motor Weight
Model Height 2 Height of Motor Motor Weight
of Tank Area (m ) Speed Power Power (kg)
(mm) the Rabble Model Model (kg)
(mm) (r/min) (kW) (kW)
(mm)
GX-3.6 3600 1700 10.2 1.1 200 Y100L-6 1.5 Y100L-6 1.5 2829 6650
GX-5.18 5182 2134 21 0.4 300 Y132S-6 3 PZ0.8AB 0.8 5342 10460
GX-6 6000 2500 28.3 0.8 300 Y132M1-6 4 Y132S-8 2.2 6506 10573
GX-7.5 7500 2800 44.1 0.427 300 Y132M2-6 5.5 Y132S-8 2.2 10258 17320
GX-9 9000 2800 63.6 0.427 300 Y132M2-6 5.5 Y132S-8 2.2 15980 23680
GX-12 12000 3600 110 0.35 300 Y132M-4 7.5 Y100L1-4 2.2 25589 42756
GX-15 15000 4000 177 0.15 300 YCT200-4B 7.5 Y112M-6 2.2 36050 59000
GX-18 18000 4400 254 0.13 400 YCT200-4B 7.5 YTC752A-44 5.5 52485 73296
GX-20 20000 4400 314 0.13 400 YCT200-4B 7.5 YTC752A-44 5.5 59365 76020

- 67 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Center Transmission Thickener


Principle
The thickener is mainly composed of two major parts including
circular thickening tank and rake-type mud scraper: The solid
particles suspended in the slurry in the thickening tank is settled
by the gravity effect, after that, the clear water is on top, which
makes the solid-liquid separation. The slurry deposited at
the bottom of the thickening tank is continuously scraped to
the center of the tank bottom by rake-type mud scraper and
discharged by the outlet, and the clean water overflows from
the top edge of the thickening tank.
Features
The electric lifting harrow device is equipped with if it is up to
12 meters or above.
Stable operation of the cross harrow rack makes high efficiency.
Application
It is generally used for the thickening of concentration or the dewatering of tailings before filtering.
Technical Parameters
Rotating
Thickening Thickening Motor Motor Tank
Sediment Speed of Capacity Weight
Model Tank Diameter Tank Depth Motor Model Power Rotating Weight
Area (m2) Harrow Rack (t/d) (kg)
(mm) (mm) (kW) Speed (r/min) (t)
(r/min)
NZS1 1800 1800 2.55 0.5 Y90L-6 1.1 910 1.3~5.6 602 1300
NZS2.5 2500 1800 4.9 0.33 Y90L-6 1.1 910 5~10.8 1730 2355
NZS3 3600 1800 10.2 0.33 Y100L-6 1.5 940 5~22.4 1730 3194
NZS5.5 5500 2956 18.8 0.3 Y100-6 1.5 1400 10~50 2020 5980
NZS6 6000 2956 28.3 0.3 Y90L-4 1.5 1400 14~62 5690 8751
NZS8 8000 3318 50.2 0.27 Y132S-6 3 960 25~120 11065 15460
NZS9 9000 3000 63.5 0.25 Y132S-6 3 960 32~150 12188 17288
NZS12 12000 3600 113 0.19 Y132S-6 3 960 50~250 24060 33131
NZS15 15000 3600 177 0.1 Y132M2-6 5.5 1500 70~350 35269 55499
NZS18 18000 4400 254 0.13 YCT200-4B 7.5 960 100~560 10139
NZS20 20000 4400 314 0.13 YCT200-4B 7.5 960 200~960 Excluding 22566
NZS24 24000 4400 452 0.1 Y160L-8 7.5 720 200~1440 24500

Thickener with Peripheral Roller Transmission

Principle
The thickener is mainly composed of two major parts including circular thickening tank and rake-type mud scraper:
The solid particles suspended in the slurry in the thickening tank is settled by the gravity effect, after that, the clear
water is on top, which makes the solid-liquid separation. The slurry deposited at the bottom of the thickening tank is
continuously scraped to the center of the tank bottom by rake-type mud scraper and discharged by the outlet, and the
clean water overflows from the top edge of the thickening tank.

- 68 -
THICKENING

Features
Traditional type, simple structure, and low material consumption.
Application
It is suitable for the occasions of large capacity and low product concentration,
and mainly used for the thickening of ore concentrate and the dewatering of
tailings in mineral processing plants, also for the thickening and purification of
the liquid containing solid particles in coal industry, chemical industry, building
materials, and water source & sewage treatment industry.

Technical Parameters
Thickening Tank Diameter Thickening Tank Center Depth Capacity Subsidence Area Motor Power Weight
Model Motor Model
(mm) (mm) (t/d) (m2) (kW) (kg)
NG-15 15000 3612 88~390 177 Y132M2-6 5.5 11702
NG-18 18000 3500 127~560 255 Y132M2-6 5.5 9718
NG-24 24000 3400 226~1000 452 Y160M-6 7.5 24000
NG-30 30000 3940 353~1570 707 Y160M-6 7.5 31000
NG-45 45000 5060 790~2400 1590 Y160L-6 11 50640
NG-53 53000 5070 1000~3400 2202 Y160L-6 11 60910

Flocculant Feeding Device

Principle
Flocculant is added to spiral conveyor and then get to the use point
through spiral.
Features
Flocculant adding can be adjusted from zero.
Stainless steel.
Application
widely used in chemical agent adding in feed water treatment, sewage
treatment and electric power industry.
Technical Parameters
Model Motor Model Motor Power (KW) Weight (kg) Remarks
XNJ-15 110SZ52 0.185 160 Patented product

- 69 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Thickener with Peripheral Rack Transmission


Principle
The thickener is mainly composed of two major parts including
circular thickening tank and rake-type mud scraper: The solid
particles suspended in the slurry in the thickening tank is
settled by the gravity effect, after that, the clear water is on top,
which makes the solid-liquid separation. The slurry deposited
at the bottom of the thickening tank is continuously scraped to
the center of the tank bottom by rake-type mud scraper and
discharged by the outlet, and the clean water overflows from
the top edge of the thickening tank.
Features
Traditional type, high safety coefficient, and high stability.
Application
It is suitable for the occasions of large capacity and low product concentration, and mainly used for the thickening of
ore concentrate and the dewatering of tailings in mineral processing plants, also for the thickening and purification of
the liquid containing solid particles in coal industry, chemical industry, building materials, and water source & sewage
treatment industry.
Technical Parameters
Thickening Tank Thickening Tank Subsidence Area Motor Power Weight
Model Capacity (t/d) Motor Model
Diameter (mm) Center Depth (mm) (m2) (kW) (kg)
NT-15 15000 3500 88~390 177 Y132M2-6 5.5 11702
NT-18 18000 3700 127~560 255 Y132M2-6 5.5 12120
NT-24 24000 3400 226~1000 452 Y160L-8 7.5 28270
NT-30 30000 3940 353~1570 707 Y160M-6 7.5 31000
NT-45 45000 5025 790~2400 1590 Y160L-6 11 58640
NT-53 53000 5070 1000~3400 1964 Y160L-6 11 69410

Flocculant Agitation Tank


Features
Used for the storage of agitated flocculant mixed liquor.
No caking, no sedimentation, and without destroying the flocculant macromolecule chain.
The shaft and the impeller are made of stainless steel materials.

Technical Parameters
Effective Impeller Impeller Speed Motor
Model Spec. Motor Model Weight (kg)
Volume (m3) Diameter (mm) (r/min) Power (kW)
XBJ1.0×1.75 φ1000×1750 1.1 450 133 Y132S-8 2.2 600
XBJ1.5×1.5 φ1500×1500 2.2 518 320 Y132S-6 3 1260

- 70 -
THICKENING

High-efficiency Deep-cone Thickener


Principle
High-efficiency deep-cone thickener is a new product used in the process of
solid-liquid separation technology currently. Because of its less investment,
less floor space and high efficiency, both the underflow concentration and the
overflow water quality are significantly improved. It also can realize intelligent
operation. Normally, its processing capacity is 3-8 times larger than that of
traditional thickeners. The underflow concentration is up to 300-800 g/L, and
the overflow water quality can meet the state standard of effluent discharge.
The thickener is mainly composed of two major parts including circular
thickening tank and rake-type mud scraper: The solid particles suspended in the
slurry in the thickening tank is settled by the gravity effect, after that, the clear
water is on top, which makes the solid-liquid separation. The slurry deposited
at the bottom of the thickening tank is continuously scraped to the center of
the tank bottom by rake-type mud scraper and discharged by the outlet, and
the clean water overflows from the top edge of the thickening tank.
Features
The height of tank is much greater than the diameter, and the overall tank is in vertical barrel-taper shape.
The slender tank body and the flocculants added in the process of thickening accelerate the process of materials
subsidence and the thickening process of overflow water clarification.
Small floor space, large capacity, high degree of automation, and power saving.
Application
It is mainly used for high concentration thickening of minerals in mineral processing plant, also for slurry thickening
with fine particle and small density and wastewater treatment.
Technical Parameters
Model Tank Diameter (mm) Tank Depth (mm) Subsidence Area (m2) Capacity (m³/h)
GSNG-3 3000 4400 21 60~70
GSNG-6 6000 8800 85 210~260
GSNG-9 9000 13500 310 570~700
GSNG-12 12000 17500 510 800~1200
GSNG-15 15000 19000 1200 1000~1500
GSNG-18 18000 22000 2000 1400~2100
GSNG-20 20000 22800 2700 2100~2600

Automatic Control Device of High-efficiency Thickener


Features
Monitor the height of flocbed automatically in high-efficiency thickener, and control the underflow pump speed of
automatic control high-efficiency thickener hereby, so as to maintain the steady of flocbed.
Frequency-converting control and linear adjustment.
Technical Parameters
Model Control High-Efficiency Thickener Model Control Underflow Pump Motor Power (kW) Max. Control Height of Flocbed (m)
GJK-33 GX-3.6 3 0~2.5
GJK-375 GX-3.6 7.5 0~2.5
GJK-311 GX-3.6 11 0~2.5
GJK-575 GX-5.18 7.5 0~2.5
GJK-511 GX-5.18 11 0~2.5
GJK-5185 GX-5.18 18.5 0~2.5
GJK-1245 GX-12 45 0~2.5
GJK-1255 GX-12 55 0~2.5

- 71 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Hydraulic Pressure Center Transmission Thickener

Features
Large capacity and high concentration efficiency.
It is driven by hydraulic pressure with overload protection function.
The automatic lifting harrow by hydraulic pressure is realized by the
core PLC auto-induction pressure transducer signal.
Automatic dosing system can be set.
Simple structure of the transmission device makes convenient
maintenance.
Application
It is mainly used for clarification and concentration of slime water or
slurry in mines in order to achieve the purpose of dewatering. It is also
used for the dewatering operation of solid-liquid separation in chemical and metallurgical industry.
Technical Parameters
Thickening Thickening Time of
Subsidence Height of Lifting Capacity Drive Power
Model Tank Diameter Tank Center Harrow Rack
Area (m2) Harrow (mm) (t/d) (kW)
(m) Depth (m) Rotation (min)
NZY-6 6 3~3.2 28 2.5~5 350 50~100 3
NZY-9 9 3.5~3.8 63.6 3~5 350 120~175 3
NZY-12 12 3.5~3.8 113 4~7 350 200~300 4
NZY-15 15 4~4.5 176 5~10 450 350~400 5.5
NZY-18 18 4~4.5 254 8~12 450 600~800 5.5
NZY-20 20 4~4.5 314 8~12 450 800~1000 7.5
NZY-24 24 4.5~5.5 450 9~12 450 1000~1300 7.5
NZY-30 30 4.5~5.5 706 10~14 450 1500~1800 11
NZY-38 38 6.5~8 1134 15~22 600 1800~2200 15
NZY-40 40 6.5~8 1256 15~22 600 2200~2400 15
NZY-45 45 6.5~8 1590 15~22 600 2400~2800 15
NZY-53 53 6.5~8 2206 15~22 600 3000~3500 15
NZY-60 60 7~8.5 2827 16~50 600 3500~5000 18.5
NZY-75 75 8~10 4418 20~80 800 7500~10000 22
NZY-100 100 8~10 7853 35~80 800 10000~15000 30

- 72 -
THICKENING

Vibration Inclined-plate High-efficiency Thickener

Features
Integrated mode of inclined-plate thickening channel integration patterns:
Each sedimentation channel with the same feed, grading concentration, sand
discharge and overflow function, and the same size of structure, ensures the
stability and identity of each grading concentration channel operation.
Modularization of the inclined plate set: By the combination and integration
with the same modules of the inclined plate set, the required equipment total
subsidence area is formed, which can easily realize the large-scale equipment.
The variant design of inclined plate channel is according to the property
differences of the slurry and different partition size, which ensures the optimal
performance of the equipment.
The thickening processes complete respectively within each independent inclined plate channel. The fine particle size
overflow or clean water is discharged crosswise and directly from the spillwag chute of each channel, which shortens
the overflow discharge path, effectively solves the short circuit of the fine particle size and circulation problem in the
process of the overflow discharge, and guarantees the high equipment grading thickening efficiency that can reach 70%
or above in general.
The interval high frequency micro-vibration of inclined plate set modules ensures automatic cleaning regularly, makes
the material on the inclined plate orderly decline, and guarantees no stacking materials on the inclined plate and no
blocking among plates, so as to ensure the long-term steady work efficiency of the equipment.
A special material removal device set in thickening cone hopper avoids the accumulation of materials, and realizes
forced ore discharge with high concentration underflow up to 70% or above according to users' needs, so as to meet
the requirements of dry-tailing stacking and discharging.
This device can be used for both concentration and backwater, also for classification and desliming, and the slurry
pretreatment by adding flocculant. It also can be used as a high-efficiency thickener. Small floor space, low power
consumption, and low costs on operation and maintenance.
Main technique indexes
Feed concentration: 1-20%; Feed size: ≤ 2.0 mm.
Feed flow: Depending on the material sedimentation velocity, generally ore concentrate: 0.5-1.5 m3 /h·m2, and tailings:
0.3-0.8 m3/h·m2; underflow concentration: ≥10-75%.
Backwater rate: ≥75%.
Technical Parameters
Model Subsidence Area (m2) Cone Hopper Number Length (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm)
ZQN16 16 1 3690 1100 4360
ZQN31 31 1 3760 2460 4360
ZQN50 50 1 3690 3300 5260
ZQN63 63 1 5560 2460 5630
ZQN100 100 1 5560 3560 5500
ZQN125 125 1 5510 4400 5660
ZQN150 150 1 7710 3760 7890
ZQN200 200 1 7710 4880 8160
ZQN250 250 1 7710 6000 8500
ZQN300 300 1 8000 7020 7890
ZQN400 400 1 7710 9260 7890
ZQN500 500 1 7710 11500 8500
ZQN600 600 1 14880 7020 7890
ZQN800 800 1 14880 9260 8160
ZQN1000 1000 1、2、4 14880 11460 8500
ZQN2000 2000 4、8 14880 22920 8500

- 73 -
■ FILTERING
Ceramic Vacuum Filter

Automatic Hydraulic Chamber Filter Press

Fast Open High Voltage Polypropylene Diaphragm Filter Press

Belt Filter Press

Disk Vacuum Filter

Permanent Magnetic Vacuum Filter

Pressure Water Tank

Single-cylinder Auto-draining Filtrate Tank

Electromagnetic Auto-draining Filtrate Tank

Double-cylinder Auto-draining Filtrate Tank


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ FILTERING
Ceramic Vacuum Filter
Principle
Ceramic vacuum filter is mainly composed of several parts including
roller system, agitation system, feeding and discharging system, vac-
uum system, filtrate discharge system, scraper system, back flushing
systems, joint cleaning (ultrasonic cleaning, automatic acid feeding
and cleaning ) system, automatic control system, tank, and rack.
It has been widely used in the concentration of nonferrous metals,
precious metals, ferrous metals, and non-metallic and the dewater-
ing of the tailings in the mining industry, the dewatering of oxide,
electrolysis slag, leaching slag, and slag in the chemical industry, and
the sewage, sludge and waste acid treatment of the environment
protection industry, etc. The fineness of the materials ranges from
-200 to -450 meshes, and even ultra-fine.
Features
Vacuum (vacuum 0.09 - 0.098MPa), and low cake moisture.
Solid content <50ppm. Repeated use and emission reduction.
Compared with conventional ceramic vacuum filter, the filter cake washing is equipped for the material to be washed.
PLC, microcomputer control combined with automatic valves, high degree of automation, and labor intensity reduction.
Compact, small floor area, easy installation and maintenance.
Advanced drain system may be suitable for use under all operating conditions.
Technical Parameters
Number of Number of Tank Installed Operation
Filter Area Main Frame
Model Filter Disc Filter Plate Volume Power Power
(m2) (L×W×H) (m)
(Circle) (Piece) (m3) (kW) (kW)
TC-1 1 1 12 0.21 3.5 2.0 1.6×1.4×1.5
TC-4 4 2 24 1.0 7.0 3.0 2.4×2.5×2.1
TC-6 6 2 24 1.2 7.0 6.0 2.4×2.9×2.5
TC-9 9 3 36 1.7 9.0 7.0 2.7×2.9×2.5
TC-12 12 4 48 2.2 11.0 7.5 3.0×2.9×2.5
TC-15 15 5 60 2.7 11.5 8.0 3.3×3.0×2.5
TC-21 21 7 84 4.0 13.5 9.0 4.6×3.0×2.6
TC-24 24 8 96 4.5 16.5 10.5 4.9×3.0×2.6
TC-27 27 9 108 5.0 17.0 11.0 5.2×3.0×2.6
TC-30 30 10 120 5.5 17.5 11.5 5.5×3.0×2.6
TC-36 36 12 144 7.0 23.0 16.0 6.6×3.0×2.6
TC-45 45 15 180 8.5 25.0 19.0 7.5×3.0×2.6
TC-60 60 15 180 12.5 33.0 22.0 7.5×3.3×3.0
TC-80 80 20 240 16.2 40.0 24.0 9.0×3.3×3.0
TC-102 102 17 204 18.5 53.0 35.0 8.8×3.6×3.3
TC-120 120 20 240 20 60.0 40.0 9.7×3.6×3.3
TC-150 150 25 300 24 75.0 47.0 11.2×3.6×3.3

- 76 -
FILTERING

Automatic Hydraulic Chamber Filter Press


Principle
Automatic hydraulic chamber filter press is a kind of intermittent
solid-liquid separation equipment designed and manufactured by
using mechanical and electrical integration with reasonable struc-
ture and easy operation. It can achieve all processes such as filter
plate compression, pressure maintaining and filter plate release.
The filter chamber is composed of chamber plate, filter frame plate
or chamber plate. By the pressure of the feeding pump, the slurry
is fed into the filter chamber, and the solid and liquid are separated through the filter medium. It is widely used in the
sewage treatment in such industries as mine, chemical and metallurgy.
Technical Parameters
Filter Number Spec. Filter Cake Volume of Filter
Overall Dimension Motor Weight
Model Area of Filter of Filter Plate Thickness Filter Chamber Pressure
(mm) Power (kW) (kg)
(m2) Chamber (mm) (mm) (m³) (MPa)
XMAZ 20/800U 20 20 0.287 3500×1350×1160 2750
XMAZ 30/800U 30 30 0.453 4110×1350×1160 3130
XMAZ 40/800U 40 40 0.605 4720×1350×1160 3420
XMAZ 50/800U 50 50 800×800×60 30 0.756 0.5~1.6 5330×1350×1160 2.2 3700
XMAZ 60/800U 60 60 0.907 5940×1350×1160 4110
XMAZ 70/800U 70 70 1.059 6550×1350×1160 4400
XMAZ 80/800U 80 80 1.21 7160×1350×1160 4740
XMAZ 40/900U 40 32 0.59 4230×1480×1280 4500
XMAZ 50/900U 50 40 0.75 4720×1480×1280 4800
900×900×60 30 0.5~1.6 2.2
XMAZ 60/900U 60 47 0.88 5150×1480×1280 5100
XMAZ 70/900U 70 63 1.19 6120×1480×1280 5700
XMAZ 60/1000U 60 38 0.9 5450×1560×1360 7080
XMAZ 80/1000U 80 50 1.19 6180×1560×1360 7830
1000×1000×60 30 0.5~1.6 2.2
XMAZ 100/1000U 100 62 1.48 6910×1560×1360 8680
XMAZ 120/1000U 120 75 1.8 7710×1560×1360 9250
XMAZ 125/1250U 120 46 1.9 6500×1770×1620 10900
XMAZ 150/1250U 150 58 2.41 7290×1770×1620 11800
XMAZ 180/1250U 180 69 2.88 8020×1770×1620 12700
1250×1250×65 32 0.5~1.6 4
XMAZ 200/1250U 200 77 3.22 8550×1770×1620 13300
XMAZ 220/1250U 220 84 3.51 9010×1770×1620 13900
XMAZ 250/1250U 250 95 3.98 9740×1770×1620 14800
XMAZ 300/1500U 300 77 4.76 10040×2400×1800 26500
XMAZ 320/1500U 320 83 5.14 10460×2400×1800 27190
XMAZ 340/1500U 340 88 5.45 10820×2400×1800 27880
XMAZ 350/1500U 350 90 5.58 10960×2400×1800 28230
1500×1500×70 32 0.5~1.6 5.5
XMAZ 380/1500U 380 98 6.08 11530×2400×1800 29260
XMAZ 400/1500U 400 103 6.39 11880×2400×1800 29950
XMAZ 450/1500U 450 116 7.21 12810×2400×1800 31670
XMAZ 500/1500U 500 128 7.96 13660×2400×1800 33390
XMAZ 560/2000U 560 80 11.16 10600×2900×2450 56500
XMAZ 600/2000U 600 86 12.01 12110×2900×2450 58000
XMAZ 630/2000U 630 90 12.58 12440×2900×2450 59000
XMAZ 670/2000U 670 96 13.43 12950×2900×2450 60500
XMAZ 710/2000U 710 101 14.13 13370×2900×2450 62000
XMAZ 750/2000U 750 107 14.98 13870×2900×2450 63300
XMAZ 800/2000U 800 114 15.97 14460×2900×2450 65200
2000×2000×83 40 0.5~1.6 11
XMAZ 850/2000U 850 121 16.96 15050×2900×2450 67000
XMAZ 900/2000U 900 128 17.95 15640×2900×2450 69000
XMAZ 950/2000U 950 135 18.94 16220×2900×2450 70600
XMAZ 1000/2000U 1000 142 19.92 16810×2900×2450 72300
XMAZ 1060/2000U 1060 151 21.2 17570×2900×2450 74500
XMAZ 1120/2000U 1120 159 22.33 18240×2900×2450 76800
XMAZ 1180/2000U 1180 168 23.61 19000×2900×2450 79000
Note: M- Free flow; A- Underflow.

- 77 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Fast Open High Voltage Polypropylene Diaphragm Filter Press

Principle
Fast open high voltage polypropylene diaphragm filter press is a kind
of intermittent pressure filtration equipment suitable for the solid-
liquid separation of various kinds of suspension with wide applica-
tion, good separation effect, simple structure, and simple, safe and
reliable operation. It is mainly used in the fields that need solid-liquid
separation such as mining, metallurgy, coal washing, and urban sew-
age treatment.
This series of fast open high voltage filter press is designed and
manufactured by mechanical, electrical, and hydraulic integration. It
can consists of different filter area and volume according to the num-
ber of the filter plates with the feeding method of intermediate end
feeding, fast filtering speed, reasonable structure, simple, safe and reliable operation. It can achieve various procedures
including automatic compression, pressure maintaining, pressure filling, release, first, second and third plate drawing.
Equipped with polypropylene diaphragm filter plate, the filter press can change the chamber volume by inflating the
diaphragm filter plate, pressing the filter cake, so as to further reduce the moisture content of the filter cake. At world
leading level, with brand products of electrical components and flow pressure components, safe and reliable operation,
this series fast open high voltage polypropylene diaphragm filter press is ideal filtering equipment for users.
Technical Parameters
Volume
Filter Number Spec. of Filter Cake Filter
of Filter Overall Capacity Weight
Model Area of Filter Membrane Filter Thickness Pressure
2 Chamber Dimension (mm) (t/h) (kg)
(m ) Chamber Plate (mm) (mm) (MPa)
(m³)
KZG100/1500-U 100 26 2.15 8240×3145×2865 12 23220
KZG150/1500-U 150 38 3.17 9820×3145×2865 18 27150
1500×1500×90 45 0.5~1.6
KZG200/1500-U 200 52 4.37 11610×3145×2865 24 31350
KZG250/1500-U 250 64 5.39 13210×3145×2865 30 35150
KZG150/1600-U 150 34 2.96 9360×3240×2965 18 28250
KZG200/1600-U 200 46 4 10910×3240×2965 24 32850
1600×1600×85 40 0.5~1.6
KZG250/1600-U 250 58 5.04 12460×3240×2965 30 37050
KZG300/1600-U 300 70 6.09 14040×3240×2965 36 40060
KZG200/1500×2000-U 200 38 4.31 10330×3165×3200 24 35450
KZG250/1500×2000-U 250 48 5.48 11640×3165×3200 30 38650
1500×2000×95 45 0.5~1.6
KZG300/1500×2000-U 300 58 6.65 12940×3165×3200 36 41750
KZG350/1500×2000-U 350 68 7.82 14380×3165×3200 42 44850
KZG300/2000-U 300 44 6.93 11700×3730×3245 42 42760
KZG400/2000-U 400 58 9.14 13500×3730×3245 55 47960
2000×2000×95 45 0.5~1.6
KZG500/2000-U 500 72 11.16 15530×3730×3245 65 62980
KZG600/2000-U 600 86 13.33 17510×3730×3245 80 68020

- 78 -
FILTERING

Belt Filter Press

Principle
Belt filter press (belt sludge dewatering machine) can be widely
used in the sewage sludge dewatering of urban sewage, textile
printing and dyeing, electroplating, paper, leather, food process-
ing, mining, coal, petroleum, chemicals, chemistry, pharmaceutical,
ceramics and other industries, and can also be used for the solid-
liquid separation, or liquid leaching of the industrial production.
Features
Adopting the dewatering way of an integration of super long filter
and strong pressing on rollers with large capacity and the filter cake
moisture content 10% lower than that of the average machine.
Advanced and reliable filter strip offset adjusting and tensioning
device, and air pressure for automatic control.
Super high-strength mechanical properties and corrosion resis-
tance, eight-year warranty for the main part, and five-year warranty for bearing rollers.
24 hours of continuous operation, simple operation, and easy maintenance.
Technical Parameters
Model
Technical Parameters
DYQ 1000WP1 DYQ 1500WP1 DYQ 2000WP1 DYQ 2500WP1 DYQ 3000WP1
Main Frame 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5
Power (kW)
Complete 10 13 15 19 22
Belt Width (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Capacity (m³/h) 8~12 10~18 15~28 20~35 30~45
Length (mm) 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300
Overall
Width (mm) 1900 2400 2900 3400 3900
Dimension
Height (mm) 2000 2000 2000 2100 2100
Total Weight (kg) 3000 4000 5500 7000 8500

- 79 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Disk Vacuum Filter


Principle
The filtering plate rotates slowly in the slurry tank, making the solid
particles adsorbed on the filter cloth of the circular disc by the pres-
sure difference formed by the vacuum pump, and forming the filter
cake with a certain thickness. The filtrate will be discharged from the
center shaft through the filter cake and filter cloth. The filter cake will
fall into the unloading tank with the pressure air generated by the
scraper and the blower.
Features
Electromagnetic stepless speed regulating motor—cycloidal-pin
wheel reducer—Worm gear drive, which is easy for operation, and
can improve efficiency, reduce noise, and cut down energy consump-
tion.
With the sector plate of lattice type made of engineering plastics, the operation performance and service life is highly
improved.
Application
It is used for the filtering and dewatering of suspension in coal dressing plants and mineral processing plants, and is also
used for the solid-liquid separation in metallurgy, chemical, oil and sewage treatment.
Technical Parameters
Model PG18-4 PG27-6 PG39-4 PG58-6 PG78-8 PG97-10 PG116-12
Filter Area (m2) 18 27 39 58 78 97 116
Quantity of Filter Disc 4 6 4 6 8 10 12
Diameter of Filter Disc (mm) 1800 1800 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700
1 0.135~0.607 0.135~0.607 0.135~0.607 0.15~0.67 0.15~0.67 0.148~0.66 0.148~0.66
Rotating Speed
of Filter Disc 2 0.254~1.14 0.254~1.14 0.254~1.14 0.254~1.14 0.254~1.14 0.285~1.285 0.285~1.285
(r/min)
3 0.44~1.98 0.44~1.98
Rotating Speed of Agitator
60 60 60 60 60 60 60
(r/min)
Model YCTL132-4B YCTL132-4B YCT160-4A YCT160-4B YCT160-4B YCTL180-4A YCTL180-4A
Power (kW) 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 3 4 4
Main Drive Motor
Rotating
Speed 1230~125 1230~125 1250~125 1250~125 1250~125 1250~125 1250~125
(r/min)
Model Y90L-4 Y90L-4 Y90L-4 Y100L1-4 Y100L1-4 Y112M-4 Y112M-4

Drive Motor Power (kW) 1.1 1.1 1.5 2.2 2.2 4 4


of Agitator Rotating
Speed 1440 1440 1440 1440 1440 1440 1440
(r/min)
Model SZ-4 2YK-27 SZ-4 SZ-4 SZ-4 2YK-110 2YK-110
Vacuum Pump
Quantity 1 1 1 2 2 1 1
Model SZ-2 SZ-2 SZ-2 SZ-3 SZ-3 SZ-3 SZ-3
Blower
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Weight (kg) 3500 4500 6000 8000 9000 10000 12000
Overall Dimensions: 2820×2355 3820×2355 3015×3275 3930×3355 4730×3355 5530×3355 6330×3355
(L×W×H) (mm) ×2295 ×2295 ×3275 ×3275 ×3275 ×3275 ×3275

- 80 -
FILTERING

Technical Parameters of Permanent Magnetic Vacuum Filter


Application
It is a kind of top-feeding tube-type outside-filtering permanent magnetic vac-
uum filter mainly used in the dewatering of the ferromagnetic materials with
coarse particles.
Best working conditions
The coefficient of magnetization of the solid phase particles in the slurry is no
less than 3000×0.000001 cm3/g. The particle size is 0.12-0.8 mm, and the
feed concentration is 60 %.
Technical Parameters
Cylinder
Magnetic Gauge Motor
Filter Cylinder Spec. Rotating Filter Cake Sucking Rate Capacity Motor Weight
Model Induction 3 2 Pressure Power
Area (mm) Speed Moisture (%) (m /min.m ) (t/h) Model (kg)
(mt) (kg/cm2) (kW)
(r/min)
GYW-3 3 φ1600×700 6.0~9 3270
80 8~11
GYW-5 5 φ2000×900 14~18 Y100L-6 1.5 3935
GYW-8 8 φ2000×1400 0.5~2 82 1 0.1~0.3 22~45 4755
GYW-12 12 φ2000×2000 5~15 33~65 Y112M-6 2.2 5420
87
GYW-20 20 φ2550×2650 50~108 Y132M2-6 5.5 6550

Technical Parameters of Pressure Water Tank

Technical Parameters

Model Spec. Volume (m3) Max. Allowable Working Pressure (MPa) Weight (kg)

YSG1216 φ1200×1600 1.5 650


YSG1224 φ1200×2400 2.4 804
YSG1416 φ1400×1600 2.3 652
YSG1425 φ1400×2500 3.1 900
0.58
YSG1616 φ1600×1600 2.6 800
YSG1624 φ1600×2400 3.7 1185
YSG2028 φ2000×2800 7.6 2326
YSG2038 φ2000×3800 10 2706

- 81 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Technical Parameters of Single-cylinder Auto-draining Filtrate Tank


Technical Parameters
Model Effective Volume (m3) Allowable Working Pressure (MPa) Weight (kg)
LGD-0.2 0.2 179
LGD-0.4 0.4 395
LGD-0.6 0.6 456
LGD-0.8 0.8 0.2 518
LGD-1.0 1 596
LGD-1.2 1.2 692
LGD-1.4 1.4 836

Technical Parameters of Electromagnetic Auto-draining Filtrate Tank


Technical Parameters
Model Effective Volume (m3) Allowable Working Pressure (MPa) Weight (kg)
LGC-0.2 0.2 170
LGC-0.4 0.4 250
LGC-0.6 0.6 330
LGC-0.8 0.8 0.5 390
LGC-1.0 1 480
LGC-1.2 1.2 548
LGC2.0 2.0 657

Technical Parameters of Double-Cylinder Auto-draining Filtrate Tank


Technical Parameters
Model Effective Volume (m3) Allowable Working Pressure (MPa) Weight (kg)
LGS-0.2 0.2 (Single-cylinder volume) 0.2 600

- 82 -
■ CYANIDING
Double-impeller Leaching Agitation Tank

Double-deck Scrubbing Thickener

Cylindrical Filter

Deoxidation Column

Triple-deck Scrubbing Thickener

Spiral Zinc Powder Feeder

Belt Zinc Powder Feeder

Automatic Zinc Powder Mixer

Disc Zinc Powder Feeder

Power-Driven Zinc Powder Mixer

Air Lifter

Carbon-lifting Pump

Carbon Screen

High-efficiency Low-consumption Rapid-desorption Electrowinning System

Carbon Regeneration System


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ CYANIDING
Double-impeller Leaching Agitation Tank
Principle
Dragged and agitated by the double impellers, the slurry flows from
the top to the bottom, spreads through the damping plate, blends
with air at the bottom of the shaft with upward circulation, and fi-
nally turns to be suspension mixture.
Features
Smooth ore current movement, even slurry mixture, and low dy-
namic consumption.
The air gets into the tank though the hollow shaft transmission, and
spreads on average by the rotation of the impeller.
Compact structure and easy maintenance.
The impeller has rubber liner with low circle speed and long service
life.
This machine is produced with technology imported from America.
With multi air feeding for the inflation system.
Application
This series agitation tank is used for the agitation, leaching and carbon adsorption in the gold cyanidation plant with
more than 90% of slurry with the particle size of -200 meshes and the concentration of less than 45%. It can also be
used for mixing, agitation and leaching operation in such industries as metallurgy, chemical industry, and light industry
under corresponding conditions.
Technical Parameters
Rotating
Effective Diameter Motor Tank Total
Tank Spec. Speed of Motor
Model Volume of Impeller Power Reducer Model Weight Weight
(D× H) (mm) Impeller Model
(m3) (mm) (kW) (kg) (kg)
(r/min)
SJ2.0×2.5 2000×2500 7.07 52 909 Y100L1-4 2.2 XLD2.2-4-29 1609 2144
SJ2.5×2.5 2500×2500 10.8 43 935 Y112M-4 4 XLD4-5-35 2159 2729
SJ2.5×3.15 2500×3150 13.92 52 935 Y100L1-4 2.2 XLD2.2-4-29 2398 3095
SJ3.0×3.0 3000×3000 19 3480 4583
SJ3×3.15 3000×3150 20 1130 3480 4160.6
43 Y112M-4 4 XLD4-5-35
SJ3×3.5 3000×3500 22.97 3211 4334.6
SJ3.15×3.55 3150×3550 25.73 1260 3433.5 4322.8
SJ3.5×3.5 3500×3500 31.3 3480 5025
52 5.5 XLD5.5-5-29
SJ3.5×4 3500×4000 35.6 Y132S-4 4230 5429
1310
SJ3.55×4.0 3550×4000 36.8 43 XLD4-5-35 4260 5025
4
SJ3.7×4.2 3700×4200 42 42 Y112M-4 XLD4-5-43 5266 6153
SJ4.0×4.5 4000×4500 52.78 35 1750 Y132M-4 7.5 XLD7.5-7-43 6397 7569
SJ4.0×6 4000×6000 71 33 1750 Y160M-4 11 GRF137-Y11-4P-44.65-M4 7681 9200
SJ4.5×5.0 4500×5000 74.75 35 1750 Y132M-4 7.5 XLD7.5-7-43 8614 10864
SJ5.0×5.6 5000×5600 104.5 2046 Y160M-4 8740 14291
31 11 XLD11-8-47
SJ5.5×6.0 5500×6000 135.42 2100 12467 18745
SJ6.5×7.0 6500×7000 215 2400 Y180L-4 22 GRF147-Y22-4P-70.87 17890 25978
21
SJ7.0×7.5 7000×7500 269 2400 Y200L2-6 22 XLD22-10-47 20505 29030
SJ7.5×8.0 7500×8000 331 23 2900 Y200L2-6 22 BLD7-43-22L 22552 32796
SJ8.0×8.5 8000×8500 402 18.5 3300 Y250M-8 30 TPS315-3F 30559.5 42467.3
SJ8.5×9.0 8500×9000 480 18.5 3300 Y250M-8 30 TPS315-3F 34130 46623

- 84 -
CYANIDING

Double-deck Scrubbing Thickener

Principle
The slurry is fed through the feeding cylinder. The slurry freely
settled in the rake area will be further thickened by pressure of the
scraper, gradually scraped by the rake to the center of the pond, and
discharged into the next pond from the outlet by gravity. The mate-
rials will be washed by the clean water flowing through the distribu-
tion cabinet into the bottom layer. The overflow at the bottom layer
will return to the distribution cabinet and enter the upper layer to
wash the materials. The overflow of the first layer will be discharged
from the overflow weir, and the materials washed for twice will be
discharged from the bottom.
Features
Small floor space and energy saving.
Application
It is mainly used for the countercurrent washing in gold cyanide process, and can also be used for the washing and de-
watering operation in wet metallurgy, light industry and chemical industry.
Technical Parameters
Depth of Revolution Motor
Diameter Subsidence Capacity Weight
Spec. Center Tank of Harrow Frame Motor Model Power Remarks
(m) Area (m2) (t/d) (kg)
(m) (r/min) (kW)
2NZS6 6 5.34 56.5 ≤50 13360 Excluding the
0.25 Y112M-6 2.2
2NZS7 7 5.41 77 ≤56 14200 pond weight

2NZS8 8 6.08 100.7 ≤68 50449 Including the


0.28 Y132M1-6 4
2NZS9 9 5.91 127.3 ≤88 54628 pond weight

2NZS12 12 6.87 226 0.2 ≤160 40400 Excluding the


Y132M2-6 5.5
2NZS15 15 6.95 353.3 0.15 ≤250 51470 pond weight

Cylindrical Filter
Technical Parameters
Filter Area (m2) Max. Filter Pressure (MPa) Volume (m3) Dismounting Height (m) Weight (kg)
20 0.05 5 3145
6
40 0.06 9.2 4958

- 85 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Deoxidation Column
Technical Parameters
Working Pressure Vacuum Working Spray Amount
Model Column Size (mm) Weight (kg)
Degree (MPa) Temperature (m3/m2.h)
TY-830 φ800×3000 747
TY-1030 φ1000×3000 956
TY-1136 φ1100×3600 1168
1.56
TY-1236 φ1200×3600 0.09~0.096 1232
TY-1435 φ1400×3500 0.09~0.096 1517
Room
TY-1536 φ1500×3600 temperature 1632
TY-1840 φ1800×4000 2042
2.08
TY-2035 φ2000×3500 2642
TY-2036 φ2000×3600 1.8 3803
0.2
TY-2440 φ2400×4000 2 4524
Note: There are three types: Wood grid packing, wave packing, and new plastic mesh packing.

Triple-deck Scrubbing Thickener


Principle
The slurry is fed through the feeding cylinder. The slurry freely settled in
the rake area will be further thickened by pressure of the scraper, gradu-
ally scraped by the rake to the center of the pond, and discharged into
the next pond from the outlet by gravity. The materials will be washed
by the clean water flowing through the distribution cabinet into the bot-
tom layer. The overflow at the bottom layer will return to the distribution
cabinet and enter the second layer to wash the materials. The overflow
of the second layer will return to the distribution cabinet and enter the
first layer to wash the materials. The overflow of the first layer will be
discharged from the overflow weir, and the materials washed for three
times will be discharged from the bottom.
Features
Small floor space and energy saving.
Application
It is mainly used for the countercurrent washing in gold cyanide process, and can also be used for the washing and de-
watering operation in wet metallurgy, light industry and chemical industry.
Technical Parameters
Depth of Revolution of Motor
Diameter Subsidence Capacity Weight
Spec. Center Tank Harrow Frame Motor Model Power Remarks
(m) Area (m2) (t/d) (kg)
(m) (r/min) (kW)
3NZS6 6 7.44 38.5 ≤50 15360 Excluding the
0.25 Y112M-6 2.2
3NZS7 7 7.51 115.5 ≤56 16049 pond weight

3NZS8 8 8.58 151 ≤68 50449 Including the


0.28 Y132M1-6 4
3NZS9 9 8.7 191 ≤88 59092 pond weight

3NZS12 12 9.17 339 0.2 ≤160 Y132M2-6 40500 Excluding the


5.5
3NZS15 15 9.3 530 0.15 ≤250 Y160M2-8 51470 pond weight

- 86 -
CYANIDING

Spiral Zinc Powder Feeder


Principle
Electromagnetic adjustable speed motor drives the turbine speed reducer through a belt to further drive the spiral pipe
to rotate, and pushes the feeding of the zinc powder in the storage hopper.
Features
Spiral zinc powder feeder is a kind of zinc powder feeding machine newly developed by Xinhai with the following ad-
vantages.
With even and continuous spiral feeding, it has solved the problems of difficulty in adjusting zinc powder feeding
amount in traditional machinery and uneven feeding amount, and reduced the residual zinc content, which not only
reduces the production costs, but also improves the smelting effects.
With small area of zinc exposure in the air, the oxidation of the zinc powder is reduced in the operation, and the re-
placement effect is improved.
Application
It is applicable in the cyanidation gold process to fill the zinc powder evenly and continuously into the mixer filled with
pregnant solution. In addition, it is also widely used for continuous and even feeding of powder materials in the indus-
tries such as mineral processing, chemical, pharmaceutical and food.
Technical Parameters
Model Spiral Spec. (mm) Feeding Amount (kg/h) Rotating Speed of Spiral (r/min) Motor Model Motor Power (kW) Weight (kg)
LXG-30 φ30×390 Adjustable 4.17~41.7 YCT112-4A 0.55 106

Belt Zinc Powder Feeder


Principle
It is a kind of special equipment used for zinc powder feeding through the belt in the zinc powder replacement process
of extraction of gold by cyanidation.
Features
The equipment consists of belt feeder and mixing barrel, and is used to complete the zinc powder feeding and mixing
operation of pregnant solution and zinc powder.
The zinc feeding amount every 8h can be laid evenly on the surface of the belt one time, and continuously and auto-
matically added into the mixing tank for 8h after startup.
It can reduce the labor density and reduce the loss of zinc powder.
Application
It is applicable in the zinc powder replacement process to fill the zinc powder evenly and continuously into the mixer
filled with pregnant solution. In addition, it is also widely used for continuous and even feeding of powder materials in
the industries such as mineral processing, chemical, pharmaceutical and food.
Technical Parameters
Rubber Belt Central Distance Rubber Belt Speed Valve Open/ Close Motor Motor Power Weight
Belt Type
Width (mm) of Roller (mm) (mm/min) Times (times/min) Model (kW) (kg)
250×1800 250 1800 3.5 28 Y90S-6 0.75 482

Automatic Zinc Powder Mixer


Technical Parameters
Model Diameter of Hopper (mm) Power Driven (Yes or No) Weight (kg)
ZXH-50 500 No 60

- 87 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Disc Zinc Powder Feeder


Principle
The structure and working principle of the disc zinc powder feeder is basically as the same as that of the common disc
feeder, and is mainly composed of 3 parts including zinc powder hopper, disc and transmission device.
Features
Because of the less amount of the zinc powder, the disk diameter is generally 140~170mm and the rotating speed is
about 1r/min. It has the feature that the zinc powder feeding amount can be adjusted according to the capacity and
the gold grade of the solution. The equipment is driven by the motor through the V belt and the secondary worm gear
reducer, drives the disc on the central shaft to rotate. The powder materials fed into the hopper fall down to the disc by
the gravity, and are discharged from the outlet by the scraper as the disc rotates.
Application
It is applicable to the zinc powder replacement process to fill the zinc powder evenly and continuously into the mixer
filled with pregnant solution. In addition, it is also widely used for continuous and even feeding of powder materials in
the industries such as mineral processing, chemical, pharmaceutical and food.
Technical Parameter
Disc Diameter Rotating Speed of Disc Feed Size Feed Amount Motor Power
Disc Type Motor Model Weight (kg)
(mm) (r/min) (mm) (kg/h) (kW)
φ140 140 1.13 1.5~2.4 65
0~2 Y801-4 0.55
φ170 170 1.14 1.5~3.6 76

Power-driven Zinc Powder Mixer


Technical Parameters
Model Diameter of Hopper (mm) Motor Model Motor Power (kW) Weight (kg)
DXH-510 510 A06324 0.25 180

Air Lifter
Technical Parameters
Model Spec. of Suction Pipe (mm) Spec. of Air Pipe (mm) Scope of Application
KT60 φ50×2.5 DN20 SJ2.0×2.5,SJ2.5×2.5,SJ2.5×3.15,SJ3×3.15,SJ3×3.5,SJ3.15×3.55
KT100 φ108×4 DN25 SJ3.55×4,SJ4×4.5,SJ4.5×5,SJ5×5.6,SJ5.5×6,SJ7.5×8,SJ8×8.5
KT125 φ133×4 DN32 SJ8.5×9.0,SJ9×9.5,SJ10.5×11
KT150 φ159×4 DN40 SJ12×13
Note: The length of carbon suction pipe and air pipe varies by the specification of leaching tank.

- 88 -
CYANIDING

Carbon-lifting Pump
Technical Parameters
Head Flow Rotating Speed of Diameter of Motor Power
Model Motor Model Weight (kg) Remarks
(m) (m3/h) Main Shaft (r/min) Discharge Pipe (mm) (kW)
TB-3 3 516 Y100L1-4 2.2 630 Type 50I
5.76 50
TB-7 7 817 Y112M-4 4 640 Type 50II

Carbon Screen
Technical Parameters
Model Diameter of Screen Frame (mm) Length of Screen Frame (mm) Sieve Size/ Mesh Weight (kg)
SY100 100 1000 28 10
SY125 125 1000 28 13
SY200 150 1000 28 14
SY250 200 1000 28 16
SY300 300 1000 32 24
SY500 500 1000 32 35

High-Efficiency Low-consumption Rapid-desorption Electrowinning System


Principle
Add some anion more easily absorbed by activated carbon to replace
Au(CN)2ˉ and realize the desorption of gold. The pregnant solution
from desorption of gold loaded carbon will be recycled by the ioniza-
tion method, so as to get the solid gold.
Features
High temperature, high pressure, cyanide-free desorption, automatic
control, high efficiency, low energy consumption, and fast operation;
High efficiency: When the grade of the gold loaded carbon reaches
3000g/t, the desorption rate can reach above 96%. The grade of bar-
ren carbon can be reduced by 3-4 times than that of the conventional
desorption electrolysis device.
Rapid: The temperature of the desorption electrolysis can reach 150℃ (30-55℃ higher than that of other models at
the first stage), and the working pressure of the system can reach 0.5(MPa) (0.2-0.5(MPa) higher than that of other
models at the first stage). Therefore, the time for desorption electrolysis is very soon, which is generally 12 hours, with
nearly 3 times shortened.
Low consumption: The temperature of desorption electrolysis is the same with no need to heat. As the operation is
fast, the total power consumption is 1/2-1/4 of the conventional system.
Cyanide-free: No sodium cyanide is added for desorption electrolysis to realize low costs and no pollution.
High grade of all slime without anti electrolysis with easy extraction of gold mud.
Automatic control: Specially set liquid level control system, temperature control system and automatic control system.
Safe: With triple safety protection measures, namely, self intelligent system, automatic pressure limiting and release
system and safety valve.

- 89 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Application
It is used for the extraction of solid gold from gold loaded carbon by cyanidation.
Capacity List
Capacity of Standard Process (kg/d) Capacity of Overloading Process (kg/d) Recommended Model (kg/batch)
300 750 XH-200
450 1000 XH-300
650 1700 XH-450
750 1800 XH-500
900 2200 XH-600
1130 2700 XH-750
1500 3600 XH-1000
1800 4500 XH-1200
2250 5500 XH-1500
2700 6500 XH-1800
3000 7500 XH-2000
3750 9000 XH-2500
4500 11000 XH-3000
5200 13000 XH-3500
6000 15000 XH-4000
7500 18000 XH-5000

Technical Parameters
Suitable Scale
Model Raw Ore System Equipment List System Instrument List Operation Parameters
Mine Scale (t/d)
Grade (g/t)
GJD-200 < 150
GJD-300
150~300
GJD-450
GJD-500 S1 Desorption Column B1 Electric Resistance Remote Desorption Solution:
S2 Filter Transmission Diaphragm-Seal PH≥13.5
GJD-600 300~500 S3 Electrolytic Tank Pressure Gauge Time of Application:
2~8
GJD-750 S4 Circulating Pump B1 Pressure Indication Infinite
S5 Electric Heater Adjusting Meter Electrolysis Start:
GJD-1000 S6 Carbon Ejector B2 Diaphragm Pressure Gauge 100-110℃
S7 Air Compressor B3 Vortex Shedding Flowmeter Electrolysis Ending:
GJD-1200
500~1000 S8 Desorption Solution B3 Flow Integrating Instrument 150℃
GJD-1500 Tank B4 Thermal Temperature Meter Electrolysis Current:
S9 Clarified Water Pump B5 Temperature Sensor 350-1250A
GJD-1800
S10 Acid Storage Tank B5 Temperature Indication Electrolysis Pressure:
GJD-2000 S11 Magnetic Pump Adjusting Meter 2-4V
S12 Carbon Storage Tank P6 Diaphragm Pressure Gauge Pressure at 150℃ :
GJD-2500 1000~2000 S15 Control Cabinet B7 Level Meter Upper of Desorption Column:
GJD-3000 S16 Silicon Rectifier B9 Temperature Sensor 0.50-0.57MPa
Cabinet B9 Temperature Indication Electrolytic Tank:
GJD-3500 2~20 S17 Pickling Tank Adjusting Meter 0.45-0.52MPa
GJD-4000 2000~3000
GJD-5000
Especial > 3000
Note: No pickling tank in economic process.

- 90 -
CYANIDING

Desorption Electrowinning System

- 91 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Carbon Regeneration System


The regeneration of activated carbon is necessary supporting equipment in metallurgy system and water treatment sys-
tem, and is widely used in the activation, regeneration and recycling field of activated carbon after absorbing the gold
in the carbon-in-pulp (CIP) process, pond leaching process and heap leaching process. It is not only suitable for large
and medium mines, but also suitable for promotion in small gold plant. As for gold mine, the cost on burning activated
gold loaded carbon is 5 yuan/g. This kind of product is your ideal choice to reduce the production costs.

I. Activated Carbon Regeneration Furnace


Application
The self-control activated carbon regeneration furnace is suitable for the fire regeneration of various powder activated
carbon such as coconut shell charcoal and apricot charcoal, and is widely used in the gold industry, water treatment
industry, etc.
Features
Depending on the characteristics of carbon and water, activated carbon regeneration furnace can finish the drying,
high-temperature carbonization and activation continuously at one time in the self-control current operation. Mean-
while, it keeps the micro positive pressure in the whole regeneration system. After regeneration, the iodine value of
the carbon can be restored to over 95%. The system has the features of high regeneration rate, low consumption, low
carbon consumption and reliable operation.
Principle
After the regeneration activated carbon is fed into the hopper and enters the furnace, the carbon will form into flow
carbon layer, and the carbon treatment volume will be controlled by the discharging device. According to the moisture
content of activated carbon, the residence time is generally 15-25 minutes. The current will be input into the terminal
plate through the circuit, and makes the activated carbon self heat through the flow carbon layer so as to achieve dry-
ing, activation and carbonization. The temperature control circuit composed of temperature measuring elements and
temperature controller makes the temperature in the furnace kept at 700-850 ℃ , which is the optimal temperature
for regeneration. Some of the moisture carried by the activated carbon will form into high temperature steam at high
temperature, flows the surface of the hot carbon continuously, and achieves the regeneration of activated carbon. It is
appropriate when the moisture content of the regenerated activated carbon reaches 5% or so.
Technical Parameters
Recovery Rate of Carbon Loss Rate of Residence Time of
Model Capacity (kg/d) Power (kW) Voltage (v)
Adsorption Carbon Carbon (min)
HZL800 600~800 50 380 90-95% (Iodine meter) < 2% 15~25
HZL1600 1000~1600 80 380 90-95% (Iodine meter) < 2% 15~25
HZL2500 2000~2500 120 380 90-95% (Iodine meter) < 2% 15~25

II. Activated Carbon Dryer


Technical Parameters
Model Capacity (kg/d) Heat Source (specified when ordering)
THGJ-1000 800~1000 Diesel oil, coal, and electricity
THGJ-1500 1000~1500 Diesel oil, coal, and electricity
THGJ-2500 2000~2500 Diesel oil, coal, and electricity

- 92 -
■ GOLD-SMELTING
Revolve Gold-Smelting Furnace

Casting Bogie with Silver Anode

Casting Mould for Gold and Silver Ingot

Cone Casting Mould for Alloy

Silver Electrolytic Cell

Electrolyte Preparation Vessel

High Voltage Cell of Silver Electrolyte

Low Voltage Cell of Silver Electrolyte

Sump for Electrolytic Waste Solution

Silver Powder Filter

Water (Vitriol) Scale Tank

Generation/Absorption Column

Pickling Tank

Liquid-Storage Tank of High Position

Liquid-Storage Tank of Low Position

Titanium Reaction Kettle

Vitreous Enamel Reaction Kettle

WGR-1 High-frequency Induction Gold-melting Electric Furnace

Non-core Induction Melting Furnace with Intermediate Frequency

Titanium Pump Under Liquid


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ GOLD-SMELTING

Revolve Gold-smelting Furnace


Technical Parameters
Fused Bath Oil Pressure Air Pressure Air Consumption Furnace Tank Charge Driving Weight
Model Specs.
Depth (mm) (MPa) (Pa) (m3/h) Specs. (mm) Weight (kg) Type (kg)
LJL112140 φ1120×1404 300 3920~7845 115~164 700×940 230 4009
0.1 Manual
LJL95140 φ950×1404 235 3920~5880 100 530×940 180 3489

Casting Bogie with Silver Anode


Technical Parameters
Overall Dimension Silver Anode Spec. Weight
Model Casting Method No. of Blocks Casted
(L×W×H)(mm) (L×W×H) (mm) (kg)
YL1-3 1375×440×470 260×190×15 Casting when erecting the formwork 15 556

Casting Mould for Gold and Silver Ingot


Technical Parameters
Model Materials Overall Dimension (L×W×H) (mm) Weight (kg)
Yl1-4 Spherical Graphite Cast Iron 310×113×60 11

Cone Casting Mould for Alloy


Technical Parameters
Model Materials Spec. (mm) Weight (kg)
YL1-5 φ160/30×230 20
ZG200-400
YL1-13 φ250/350 42

- 94 -
GOLD-SMELTING

Silver Electrolytic Cell


Technical Parameters
Single Cell Dimension Current Intensity Desorption Solution Cathode Area (Single) Weight
Model Cell Voltage (V)
(mm) (A) Temperature℃ (m2) (kg)
YL1-7 3~4.5 700×500×600 300 45~55 0.168 472

Electrolyte Preparation Vessel


Technical Parameters
Model Vessel Spec. (L×W×D) (mm) Weight (kg)
YL1-8 800×800×800. 162
YL1-22 2000×1200×1000 284

High Voltage Cell of Silver Electrolyte


Technical Parameters
Model Vessel Spec. (L×W×H) (mm) Weight (kg)
YL1-9 1200×1000×1000 162

Low Voltage Cell of Silver Electrolyte


Technical Parameters

Model Vessel Spec. (L×W×D) (mm) Weight (kg)

YL1-20 2000×2000×1000 355

Sump for Electrolytic Waste Solution


Technical Parameters
Model Vessel Spec. (L×W×D) (mm) Weight (kg)
YL1-21 2000×1500(2000)×1000 397(355)

- 95 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Silver Powder Filter


Technical Parameters
Model Vessel Spec. (mm) Materials Weight (kg) Remarks
YL1-10 φ1000×480 86 Circular Section
Rigid PVC
YL1-14 φ1000×1000×480 118 Square Section

Water (Vitriol) Scale Tank


Technical Parameters
Model Vessel Spec. (Diameter× Height× Wall Thickness) (mm) Weight (kg)
YL1-17 φ600×1200×4 115.5

Generation/Absorption Column
Technical Parameters
Model Spec. (D×H) (mm) Weight (kg) Remarks
FST/XST-0864 φ800×6418 800 Plastic Material
FST/XST-1381 φ1300×8100 4998(2420) Plastic Material in the Parenthesis

Pickling Tank
Technical Parameters
Model Volume (m3) Dimension (L×W×H) (mm) Weight (kg) Remarks
JDCS(S)-0.48 0.48 1080×1080×500 90 Resin Desorption

Liquid-Storage Tank of High Position


Technical Parameters
Model Volume (m3) Overall Dimension (L×W×H) (mm) Weight (kg) Material
JDCG(S)-0.64 0.64 800×800×1000 92 Rigid PVC

- 96 -
GOLD-SMELTING

Liquid-Storage Tank of Low Position

Technical Parameters
Model Volume (m3) Overall Dimension (L×W×H) (mm) Weight (kg) Remarks
JDCS(S)-0.4 0.4 800×650×900 69 Rigid PVC

Titanium Reaction Kettle


Technical Parameters
Electrothermal Power Outer Diameter Agitating Motor
Model Dimension (mm) Weight (kg) Remarks
(kW) Dimension (mm) Power (kW)
30L Φ350 Φ718×1900 0.55 250
3×2
50L Φ400 Φ824×2015 0.75 270
100L Φ500 Φ1004×2120 1.1 340
6×2
200L Φ600 Φ1104×2300 1.5 700
300L 6×3 Φ700 Φ1208×2495 700
2.2 Steam boiler heat can
500L 9×4 Φ900 Φ1468×2695 930
be selected for clients.
1000L 12×4 Φ1200 Φ1896×3110 4.0 1610
2000L Φ1400 Φ2005×3500 5.5 2010
3000L 15×4 Φ1600 Φ2165×3600 7.5 2590
4000L Φ1700 Φ2265×3800 11 3160
5000L 18×5 Φ1800 Φ2370×4000 15 4100

Vitreous Enamel Reaction Kettle


Technical Parameters
Nominal Actual Heat Exchange Area Design Pressure Agitating Motor Power Weight
Spec.
Volume (L) Volume (L) (m2) (MPa) (kW) (kg)
50L 50 70 0.54 0.75 486
100L 100 127 0.84 1.1 552
200L 200 247 1.5 1.5 704
300L 300 369 1.9 2.2 945
500L 500 588 2.6 2.2 1104
0.4/0.6
1000L 1000 1245 4.5 4.0 2085
2000L 1500 1714 5.8 5.5 2550
3000L 2000 2179 7.2 7.5 2782
4000L 3000 3380 9.3 11 4068
5000L 5000 5435 13.4 15 5724

- 97 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

WGR-1 High-frequency Induction Gold-melting Electric Furnace

Technical Parameters
Power Voltage Input Voltage Melting Gold Output Oscillating Oscillation Cooling Hydraulic Melting Time
Model
(V) (V) Weight (kg) Current (A) Frequency (kHz) Pressure (MPa) (min)
WGR-1-5 1 180~700 <5
Three-Phase Wire 380 360~410 30-100 0.1-0.3
WGR-1-10 3-4 180~1200 <8

Non-Core Induction Melting Furnace with Intermediate Frequency


Technical Parameters
Model
Name Unit GWJ-0.15 GWJ-0.25 GWJ-0.5
-100/1 -160/1 -250/1
Rated Power of the Device kW 110 170 275
Rated Voltage of the Device V 380 380 380
Rated Frequency of the Device H 50 50 50
Rated Number of Phases of the Device t/h 3 3 3
Rated Factor of the Device kW. t/h 0.85 0.85 0.85
Melting Rate of the Device t/h 0.12 6.18 0.35
Power Consumption of the Device V 850 800 750
Water Consumption of the Device t/h 5 5 10
Inversion Output Voltage V 750 750 750
Inversion Output Current A 250 350 550
Rated Current of the Electric Furnace kW 100 160 100
Rated Frequency of the Electric Furnace V 650 750 1300
Rated Frequency of the Electric Furnace H 1000 1000 1000
Number of Phases of the Electric Furnace phase 1 1 1
Rated Capacity of the Electric Furnace kg 150 250 500
Rated Temperature of the Electric Furnace ℃ 1600 1600 1600
Furnace Body Weight (Without Furnace Lining) Kg 540 600 1000

Titanium Pump Under Liquid


Technical Parameters
Model Flow (m3/t) Head (m) Flow Passing Part Material
TYB5-15 5 13 Titanium

- 98 -
■ SLURRY PUMP AND VALVE
XPA Wear-resistant Rubber Slurry Pump

XPAII High-head Wear-resistant Rubber Slurry Pump

XPB Slurry Pump

Wear-resistant Pinch Valve

Clamp Gapless Valve

Tee Check Valve


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ SLURRY PUMP AND VALVE


XPA Wear-resistant Rubber Slurry Pump
Principle
Driven by motor, the pump body and inlet line are filled with liquid before
starting the pump. With high-speed rotation, the impeller drives the liq-
uid between the vanes to rotate together. Due to the effect of centrifugal
force, the liquid is thrown to the outer edge of impeller from the impeller
center with kinetic energy increased. After the liquid entering the pump
shell, as the flow channel in the volute type pump shell is gradually en-
larged, the liquid velocity is decreased gradually, which makes part of the
kinetic energy transform into static energy, therefore the liquid with high
pressure is discharged along the outlet. At the same time, the impeller
center forms a certain vacuum for that the liquid is thrown out. The pres-
sure on liquid level is higher than that of impeller center, so the liquid in
suction pipe will flow into the pump under the action of pressure difference. With the constant rotation of impeller,
the liquid is sucked and extruded continuously.
Features
Based on the outstanding wear resistance of rubber and the molded rubber flow parts, XPA series wear-resistant rub-
ber lined pump has absolute authority in terms of wear resistance. It has the features of smooth operation, energy
convervation, low noise, cost saving, high efficiency, easy maintenance, and durability.
The maximum concentration of pulp delivery should be no more than 60% (weightometer).
The temperature of pulp delivery is among - 40 - + 70 ℃ .
Application
Xinhai rubber pump is suitable for handling corrosive slurry or fluid containing solid materials, exceeding the scope of
application of metal and other types of pumps.
Beneficiation-metallurgy plant: Hydrocyclone feeding in grinding ore cycle (including the first stage of grading hydrocy-
clone); pump delivery, concentration & filtering of tailings, concentrates and intermediate products; all kinds of slurry
pump delivery.
Power plant: The delivery of tail ash, slag and coal slurry.
Sand and gravel plant: Sand and gravel transportation, sand and water supply of mining, all kinds of classification and
dewatering equipment with remarkable wear resistance by contrast.
Coal preparation plant: Grading, screening and conveying of dense medium; coal slurry transportation.
Chemical plant: The treatments of chemical liquid, acid or base, slurry, and waste water at low and medium tempera-
ture.
Water conservancy project: Damming, bed silt displacement, sand and gravel classification, etc.
Paper mill: The treatments of clay slip, paper pulp and waste water.
Ceramic and glass plant: porcelain clay and sand & gravel transportation, hydrocyclones feeding and waste water treat-
ment.
Steel Plant: The delivery of slurry, Oxide skin, and corrosive liquid.
Special instructions should be offered to us if with oil and chemical.
Technical Parameters
Impeller
Flow Max. Head Rotating Speed Max. Rated Max. Efficiency Weight Overall Dimension
Model & Spec. Diameter
(m3/h) (m) (r/min) Power (kW) (%) (kg) (mm)
(mm)
XPA 50/50 20~60 38 800~2400 22 51 200 156 725×482×491
XPA 80/80 30~100 45 600~2100 45 53 256 326 915×590×595
XPA 100/100 60~160 50 600~1600 75 57 340 440 999×648×660
XPA 150/125 100~260 47 400~1400 110 63 372 608 1280×736×758
XPA 200/150 160~450 47 450~1200 132 69 433 736 1313×788×822
XPA 250/200 300~900 46 400~1200 250 78 454 1250 1600×812×956
XPA 300/250 400~1500 45 300~900 600 73 610 1956 1698×966×1083

- 100 -
SLURRY PUMP AND VALVE

XPAII High-head Wear-resistant Rubber Slurry Pump


Principle
Driven by motor, the pump body and inlet line are filled with liquid before
starting the pump. With high-speed rotation, the impeller drives the liquid
between the vanes to rotate together. Due to the effect of centrifugal force,
the liquid is thrown to the outer edge of impeller from the impeller center
with kinetic energy increased. After the liquid entering the pump shell, as
the flow channel in the volute type pump shell is gradually enlarged, the
liquid velocity is decreased gradually, which makes part of the kinetic en-
ergy transform into static energy, therefore the liquid with high pressure is
discharged along the outlet. At the same time, the impeller center forms a
certain vacuum for that the liquid is thrown out. The pressure on liquid level
is higher than that of impeller center, so the liquid in suction pipe will flow into the pump under the action of pressure
difference. With the constant rotation of impeller, the liquid is sucked and extruded continuously.
Features
Lined with wear-resistant rubber, and with standard configuration of molded rubber flow parts, XPAII series double-
stage wear-resistant rubber pump is a kind of rubber slurry pump with special performance.
Advanced and fresh design of hydraulic power and structure, high efficiency, abrasion resistance, and stable and reli-
able operation; high head; simple and reliable shaft seal with no leakage; used in filter-press industry without frequen-
cy control of motor speed, and with high transportation concentration.
Application
It is used for slurry liquid in mineral processing and chemical plant, especially suitable for feeding pressure and tailings
pumps that are specially used for filter press, breaking the limitation of the working condition that is the rubber pump
cannot be used in the lift of exceeding 60 meters, and enlarging the application fields of rubber pump.
Technical Parameters
Item Rotating Speed Flow Head Max. Shaft Power Motor (kW)
Model (r/min) (m³/h) (m) (kW) Model Power
27.5 76.0
41.4 72.2
XPA (2)-50 1480 55.2 66.1 22.3 Y225S-4 37
69.0 56.0
80.0 43.5
40.0 76.0
60.0 72.2
XPA (2)-65 1480 80.0 66.1 32 Y225M-4 45
100.0 56.0
115.0 43.5
56.0 73.3
85.0 69.0
XPA (2)-75 1480 113 62.5 49 Y250M-4 55
150 51.2
169 44.0
70.0 73.5
105 71.6
XPA (2)-100 1480 140 68.6 62.5 Y280S-4 75
186 61.9
245 48.5
79.7 80.0
119 78.0
XPA (2)-100- Ⅰ 1480 159 74.8 78.2 Y280M-4 90
211 67.5
279 52.9
58.0 91.8
87.0 89.1
XPA (2)-100- Ⅱ 1480 116 85.7 64.7 Y280M-4 90
154 77.3
203 60.6

- 101 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

XPB Slurry Pump

Principle
Driven by motor, the pump body and inlet line are filled with liquid before start-
ing the pump. With high-speed rotation, the impeller drives the liquid between
the vanes to rotate together. Due to the effect of centrifugal force, the liquid is
thrown to the outer edge of impeller from the impeller center with kinetic en-
ergy increased. After the liquid entering the pump shell, as the flow channel in
the volute type pump shell is gradually enlarged, the liquid velocity is decreased
gradually, which makes part of the kinetic energy transform into static energy,
therefore the liquid with high pressure is discharged along the outlet. At the same
time, the impeller center forms a certain vacuum for that the liquid is thrown out.
The pressure on liquid level is higher than that of impeller center, so the liquid in
suction pipe will flow into the pump under the action of pressure difference. With
the constant rotation of impeller, the liquid is sucked and extruded continuously.
Features
The design is based on liquid-solid two-phase flow theory, and the head can reach 118 m;
Reasonable design of internal structure avoids the interference of pulp impact; no congestion ensures. It can be applied
in a variety of working conditions.
Alloy wear-resistant material is used for impeller with large diameter and low speed.
Changeable elastic body or clad lining.
Application
It is used for slurry delivery with strong corrosion and high concentration in metallurgical, mining, coal, power, and
building materials industrial departments. This type pump can also be used for multistage-series.
Technical Parameters
Size Range (Outlet) Flow Head
50 mm~350 mm Max. 3798 m3/h Max. 118 m, Average 60 m

- 102 -
SLURRY PUMP AND VALVE

Wear-resistant Pinch Valve

Principle
Pipeline switch is realized by the screw rotation driving clamping device
close to the center line. The ingenious design of internal structure makes the
clamping device driven by the screw rotation close to the center line fast,
more reliable and faster valve on-off, and lighter damage to the rubber pipe.
Super wear-resistant rubber with special “liquid nanometer formula” is used
for valve core rubber pipe, which has better elasticity, fatigue resistance and
more duration. The wear-resistant degree is 10 times that of ordinary rubber,
and the overall dimensions are the same with the valve core of ordinary rub-
ber pipe, so they are interchangeable. Casting is usually used for shell, which
can also be made from aluminum alloy.
Features
Manual operation is generally used for Xinhai brake valve products, according to the requirements of the users, power-
driven and gas-driven operation can also be used.
Whole section: Almost no flow resistance.
Replaceable linings: The change of linings is simple, and the valve is good as new.
High sealing: Excellent elastic linings are used for sealing solid particles.
Abrasion: Produced with “the liquid nanometer formula, high-frequency curing at normal temperature” technology,
the service life of the super wear-resistant rubber is 10-15 times that of the ordinary rubber, and 3-6 times that of
polyurethane.
Fatigue resistance: The fatigue resistance of rubber is strong, and the use is more durable, which has a world of differ-
ence compared with ordinary rubber.
Part of machinery protection: Only the rubber linings touch the materials which makes part of machinery protection.
Change: The change is very convenient, and the cost is very low.
Application
It is used for mine pipeline transportation of the materials with medium & high abrasion, and high corrosion.
Technical Parameters
Diameter Range DN 20-350 mm.
Maximum Working Pressure of Linings 10.5 kg/cm2.

- 103 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Clamp Gapless Valve


Principle
Clamp gapless valve is composed of valve seat, valve liner, gate, support and driving device.
Two valve seats make valve liner closely match under the action of assembly pre-tightening
force, forming a docking short pipe. When the valve is closed, the gate will wedge between
the two seat covers to cut the fluid, and closely match with the valve by the excellent elasticity
of wear-resistant rubber valve liner to ensure the seal.
Features
The product has features of compact structure, small volume, light weight, convenient opera-
tion and maintenance, and is suitable for the occasions with particles or serious abrasion of
sediment. According to different pressure and corrosive state, the material of gate includes
stainless steel, ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene and the mixture between them. The
injection nozzle set on the valve body can reduce the gate friction and the valve open-close
torque.
The valve can be replaced with rubber molded parts. Manual operation is generally used for Xinhai brake valve prod-
ucts, according to the requirements of the users, power-driven and gas-driven operation can also be used. It can not
only be made on site but also be controlled remotely. Structure length and flange size can be determined usually ac-
cording to national standards, and can be also according to users’ requirements.
Application
Big open-close is used for clamp gapless valve, and is suitable for installing on hydrocyclones feeding, tailings pipelines
or double circuit lines to be as an on-off. The suitable medium includes pulp, ash slurry, acid and base corrosive medi-
ums.
Technical Parameters
Diameter Range: DN50-300 mm.
Working Pressure: 0.6 MPa,1.0 MPa, 1.6 MPa.

Tee Check Valve


Principle
There are two slurry pumps produced, one is used for production, the other is used
for standby application. When one of the pumps and valves are opened, there will be
a serious congestion between the closed valve and tee joint neck, which causes the
difficulty in opening in the future. A tee joint automatic reversing valve is instead of
two valves. When opening one of them, the other one has no slurry.
Features
Tee check valve can save a pipe line input by just taking the price of a valve, and can
easily realize automation control.
The valve is lined with world-famous wear-resistant rubber.
It is convenient, practical, and durable.
Application
It is used for slurry, slag, tailings, a variety of drainage systems of standby pump, and chemical corrosive medium.
Technical Parameters
Nominal Pressure (MPa) 0.7
Diameter Range (mm) DN65-500
Seal 1.0 Water
Test Pressure Test Medium
Intensity 1.5 Water
Working Pressure (MPa) ≤1.0
Working Medium Slurry, Slag, Tailings, etc.

- 104 -
■ NONMETAL PROCESSING
Hindered Settler

High-efficiency Agitation Scrubber

Chamber Agitation Scrubber

Screw Tank Scrubber

Decagonal Screen

Bucket Elevator with Sand-water Separation

High-efficiency Agitation Tank

Delivery Processor

Desliming Bucket

Slurry Distributer
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ NONMETAL PROCESSING

Hindered Settler
Principle
Hindered settler is a kind of hindered settling equipment. Its working principle is that the
water with a certain velocity and pressure flows into the tank, and forms the turbulent flow
through the holes on the steady flow plate into the cylinder. Materials flow into the cylinder
through the inlet, and the large particles sink faster than the small ones in water in the same
proportion; and in the same size and different specific gravities, the particles with large spe-
cific gravity sink faster than the ones with small specific gravity. The materials of a certain
grade will keep the state of suspension with the effect of rising water, and the area of which
is called turbulent flow area. The larger particles or the ones with larger specific gravity will
sink to the bottom through the turbulent flow area, and are discharged from bottom valve;
the smaller particles or the ones with smaller specific gravity will not get through the turbu-
lent flow area, but float to the top, and then flow out from the overflow weir and collect to
the overflow tank. The voltage detector is inserted in the slurry in turbulent flow area, and
shows the pressure of the slurry. The continuous separations of materials are according to the above process.
Application
It is used for strict classification of silica sand, or other coarse and fine 2 3

particle minerals, which can replace the fine screen to control the par-
4
ticle size.
It is used for the separation of minerals with specific gravity difference. 5
(Such as the separation of coal and shale in coal industry); 6
1
It is used for the dewatering and desliming of minerals.
7
Features 1. Cylinder Body
2. Support
Due to the effect of rising water, the particle size classification can be 3. Feed Inlet
completed for the materials in cylinder body with high production ef- 4. Overflow Tank
5. Retaining Ring
ficiency and low energy consumption. 6. Pressure Sensor
Equipped with automatic control system, the adjustment of operation 7. Bearing Seat

parameters can be simple, convenient and easy to control.


Structure Sketch of Hindered Settler
Special equipment is equipped on the water tank located at the bottom
of the cylinder. The rising water hole will shut down automatically when cutting off the water supply, and the materials
in cylinder body will not block the hole and flow into the tank.
Lined with Xinhai wear-resistant rubber ensures high wear resistance, anti-corrosion, and no iron pollution.
Equipment Structure
The hinder settler is mainly composed of cylinder body, support, feed inlet, overflow tank, retaining ring, bearing seat,
pressure sensor, electric valve, automatic control system, etc. As shown in the figure.
Technical Parameters
Model SZC12 SZC15 SZC18 SZC21 SZC24 SZC30 SZC40 SZC50 SZC60 SZC60
Spec. (mm) φ1200 φ1500 φ1800 φ2100 φ2400 φ3000 φ4000 φ5000 φ6000 φ9000
Feed Size (mm) 0~5 0~5 0~5 0~5 0~5 0~5 0~5 0~5 0~5 0~5
Grading Range (mm) 0.1~1 0.1~1 0.1~1 0.1~1 0.1~1 0.1~1 0.1~1 0.1~1 0.1~1 0.1~1
Capacity (t/h) 5~10 10~15 15~20 20~25 30~40 40~50 50~150 30~100 40~120 50~150
Feeding Water Flow (m3/h) 30~80 40~120 40~150 60~180 80~300 100~350 200~350 80~350 100~350 200~350
Water Pressure (MPa) 0.08~0.3 0.08~0.3 0.08~0.3 0.08~0.3 0.08~0.3 0.08~0.3 0.08~0.3 0.08~0.3 0.08~0.3 0.08~0.3
Self-Control Power (kW) <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Weight (kg) 1103 2040 2630 3872 3770 6167 10900 7190 10550 22125
Note: Water pressure refers to the feed water pressure required by the tank inlet of the hindered settler , and should be steady.

- 106 -
NONMETAL PROCESSING

High-efficiency Agitation Scrubber

Features
Hexagonal tank, triple impellers, and good scrubbing effect.
High concentration, high speed, and high efficiency agitation and scrubbing with strong
strength.
Vane, shaft and tank are made of or covered with the world-famous super wear-resistant Xin-
hai rubber.
Technical Parameters
Impeller Electric Motor
Effective Volume Weight
Model Shape Diameter Rotating Speed Power Rotating Speed
(m3) Model (kg)
(mm) (r/min) (kW) (r/min)
GJC×1.5 1.5 φ750 200 Y200L-4 30 2400
GJC×2.8 2.8 hexahedron φ1000 Y225S-4 37 1470 3935
150
GJC×4.4 4.4 φ1250 Y280L-4 75 6200

Chamber Agitation Scrubber


Features
Quadrangle chamber tank, double impellers, and good scrubbing effect.
Scrubbing with strong force.
Vane, shaft and tank are made of or covered with the world-famous super wear-resistant Xinhai rubber.
Technical Parameters
Effective Impeller Diameter Impeller Rotating Motor Power Motor Rotating Weight
Model Motor Model
Volume (m3) (mm) Speed (r/min) (kW) Speed (r/min) (kg)
500 (up)
CXG1 0.8 300 Y180L-6 15 970 1504
450 (down)

Screw Tank Scrubber


Features
Double screws, especially suitable for scrubbing the ores with slime.
Scrubbing with strong force.
Vane, shaft and tank are made of or covered with the world-famous super wear-resistant
Xinhai rubber.
Technical Parameters
Inner Length Inner Width Capacity Feed Size Pitch Motor Weight
Model Dip Angle
of Tank (mm) of Tank (mm) (t/h) (mm) (mm) Model Power (kW) (kg)

CXK1566 6660 1500 35~40 10.84° Y200L2-6 22 15800


< 75 300
CXK1676 7360 1600 40~50 10° Y250M-6 37 17168

- 107 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Decagonal Screen
Principle
Repeated classification of ores and sands can be conducted with simple struc-
ture and high efficiency, using equilateral and decagonal structure with friction
resistance, built-in double-threaded screw material accelerator, and three-
grading particle screening technology.
Features
The unique structure can reduce the friction of materials on the screen mesh,
and increase the service life of the screen mesh.
The screen mesh can be changed conveniently and efficiently according to the
wear condition.
A variety of different particle sizes of materials can be acquired simultaneously by the three-grading particle classifica-
tion.
Technical Parameters
Model Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Rotating Speed (r/min) No. of Graded Product Motor Model Power (kW)
SJS1030 1000 3030 10 2-4 XWD3-5-5X-47 3
SJS1235 1200 3500 10 2-4 XWD2.2-4X-1/29 2.2
SJS1535 1500 3500 14 2-4 XWD5.5-6X-1/29 5.5
SJS1540 1500 4000 14 2-4 XWD11-8170-29 7.5
SJS2040 2000 4000 14 2-4 XWD22-8190-29 22

Bucket Elevator with Sand-water Separation


Features
The equipment is used for both lifting and dewatering.
The equipment is produced according to the Japanese tech introduced.
Auto-dewatering is conducted while the sand-water is being lifted.
Technical Parameters

Bucket Volume Lifting Speed Max. Lifting Capacity Transmission System Weight
(m3) (m/s) (m3/h) Model Power (kW) Speed Ratio (kg)

0.01 11.8 12 XWD1.5-4-43 1.5 43 883

High-efficiency Agitation Tank


Principle
The mineralization effect of non-metal mineral agent on minerals can be improved effectively, and the problem of rapid
mineral sedimentation also can be solved. (Refer to Agitation Equipment for details)

- 108 -
NONMETAL PROCESSING

Delivery Processor
Features
It can be used for lifting, desliming, concentration, and decomposition.
The equipment is produced with American technology.
External labyrinth bottom end shaft head.
Vane and tank can be lined with the world-famous super wear-resistant rubber.
Technical Parameters
Feed Size Dip Angle Rotating Speed of Motor Power Weight
Model Capacity (t/h)
(mm) (° ) Screw Shaft (r/min) (kW) (kg)
φ540×4600 30 23 7.5
12 20~25 3900
φ1070×4600 30 22 7
φ1600×7630 75 40~50 40 18000
10 23
φ1800×6000 70 70 55 14200
SX750 30 16 23.36 10~20 11 4530

Desliming Bucket
Principle
It is a kind of simple equipment used for classification, desliming and concentration. Its
outline is an inverted cone. The feed cylinder is set in the center of the liquid level, the
bottom edge of which is below the liquid level. The pulp is fed into the center cylinder
along the tangent direction, and is discharged from the bottom edge after buffering.
The slurry discharged flows out radially around the overflow weir. In this process, the
coarse particles that the settling velocity of which is greater than the flow rising com-
ponent velocity will sink in the tank, and are discharged through the setting sand at
the bottom. The fine particles with 2 mm or less in feed size and 75 μm or less in grad-
ing size will flow into the overflow tank along with the slurry on the surface.
It is mainly used for raw ore desliming before the hindered settler so as to improve the
efficiency of classification; and for the concentration and dewatering of ores set be-
fore ore grinding equipment in order to improve the feeding concentration of grinding
equipment; also for controlling feeding concentration and capacity before all kinds of slurry separation equipment.
Features
Convenient adjustment and good desliming effect.
Tank can be lined with the world-famous super wear-resistant rubber.
Technical Parameters
Model TND1500 TND2000 TND2500 TND3000 TND5000
Subsidence Area (m2) 2 3 4.9 7 20
Volume (m3) 0.76 1.8 3.5 6.1 33.5
Grading Size (mm) < 0.07 < 0.07 < 0.07 < 0.07 < 0.07
Feed Size (mm) < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2
Discharge Concentration (%) 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60
Desliming Efficiency (%) 33~45 33~45 33~45 33~45 33~45

- 109 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Slurry Distributer
Features
Especially suitable for non-mental ore slurry distributed uniformly from one way to two
ways or more ones.
Tank can be lined with the world-famous super wear-resistant rubber.
Technical Parameters
No. of Feed Pipe Rotating Speed Motor
Tank Diameter Capacity Weight
Model Distribution Diameter of Cylinder Power
(mm) (m3/h) Model (kg)
Way (mm) (r/min) (kW)
KFP700 φ700 120 142 80~150 Y90S-6 0.75 260
KFP900 φ900 2~8 160 120~180 280
171 Y90L-6 1.1
KFP1000 φ1000 180 150~250 340

- 110 -
■ DRYING
Rotatory Kiln

Disc Granulator

Rotatory Dryer

Cyclone Separator
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ DRYING

Rotatory Kiln

Principle
Due to the rotatory kiln has a certain slope and rotates continually, the raw
materials flow in a row from the cold end to the hot one. The fuel injected
from the hot end burns, releases heat and produces high-temperature gas
under the air combustion-supporting. The hot gas flows from the hot end
to the cold one under the drive of blower, and the materials and gas in the
process of inverse motion exchange the heat to make the raw materials into
clinkers.
Features
Rotatory kiln is simple in structure, reliable in production control, less in
wearing parts and efficient in running rate.
Application
It is used for calcining high-grade cement in cement plants, and is also widely used in metallurgy, chemical, and con-
struction industry.
Technical Parameters
Straight Cylinder Dry Production
Model Dry Production Hot End Expansion Dry Production Dry Production
Dry Production of Precalcining
Spec. φ1.9/φ1.6×36 φ2.4×40 φ2.4/φ2×40 φ2.8/φ2.4×50 φ3×48 φ3.5×70
Inclination 4% 4% 3.50% 4% 3.50% 4%
Capacity (t/h) 2.5~3 6~7 4.5~5.5 7.5~8.5 29.2 20~22
Rotating Speed (r/min) 0.53~1.59 0.173~1.73 0.42~1.25 0.11~1.07 0.57~3.41 0.5~1.27
Number of Seat 3 3 3 3 3 4
Motor Model JZT2-72-4 JZS2-8-2 JZT382-4 JZS2-9-2 JZS2-10-2 JR126-6
Motor Power (kW) 30 4~40 4~40 6~60 16.7~100 155
Scope of Rotating Speed
400~1200 160~1600 400~1200 120~1200 200~1200 350~980
(r/min)

- 112 -
DRYING

Disc Granulator

Principle
Materials roll in the rotating disc with inclined angle of 35-55 degree. The inclined
disc makes a gap between powders which increases the chances for collisions and
friction between particles. Materials run along a certain rail and form into a rolling
swirl under several forces. After adding a certain amount of water, the particles in
the disc will grow from small to big in size with the core increased continually until
they become pellets with the required strength, and then roll out along the edge
of the disc.
Features
It has the advantages such as even pellet forming, easy powder pellet moisture
control, high strength, simple structure, convenient control, low power consump-
tion, stable operation, etc.
Application
Disc granulator as the main equipment for granulation of powder materials is
mainly used in cement industry, copper & iron industry and compound fertilizer industry.
Technical Parameters
Model φ2.2 φ2.5 φ2.8 φ3.2 φ3.6
Capacity (t/h) 8 10 13~16 15~20 16~22
Revolution (r/min) 16.4 14.4 12.8 11.5 10.5
Dip Angle (° ) 35~55 35~55 35~55 35~55 35~55
Motor Model Y160L-6 Y160L-6 Y180L-6 Y200L1-6 Y200L2-6
Motor Power (kW) 11 11 15 18.5 22.5
Weight (kg) 3500 4500 5000 5400 7800

- 113 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Rotatory Dryer

Principle
The materials in the rotatory cylinder will be dried during the reentry
and lifting process of the spiral blade and intermittent spiral lifter plate
between the inner and outer cylinders.
Features
The column structure of the cylinder makes multiple shortening of the
dryer length. As the cooling surface is significantly reduced, and the
heat loss reduces, while the multiplying heat exchange surface greatly
improves the heating efficiency. As for the materials that cannot touch
the smoke, inner smoke pipe and circular smoke pipe are equipped in the inner and outer cylinder of the multi-cylinder
rotatory dryer. Radial smoke pipe is used for the connection between the smoke pipes, which is efficient and energy-
saving.
Application
Rotatory dryer is a heating and drying device for materials.
Technical Parameters
Cylinder Diameter Cylinder Length Rotating Speed Power Max. air inlet Weight
Model Inclination
(mm) (mm) (r/min) (kW) temperature (℃ ) (kg)
HGJ1005 1000 5000 6.3 5% 4 700 5757
HGJ1206 1200 6000 6.1 5% 5.5 700 7418
HGJ1208 1200 8000 6.1 5% 5.5 700 8208
HGJ1512 1500 12000 5 5% 13 700 16682
HGJ1514 1500 14000 5 5% 13 700 17900
HGJ1812 1800 12000 5 5% 17 700 19389
HGJ1814 1800 14000 5 5% 17 700 20846
HGJ2212 2200 12000 4.9 5% 22 700 30313
HGJ2214 2200 14000 4.9 5% 37 700 36077
HGJ2219 2200 14000 4.9 5% 37 700 44850
HGJ2418 2400 18000 3.85 5% 37 700 41215
Note: HGJ2219 is inner circulation heating with hollow shaft.

- 114 -
DRYING

Cyclone Separator

Principle
The classification chamber of cyclone separator is a cylindrical shell made
of steel sheet. In the classification chamber, small fans and spreading plates
are fixed on the vertical shaft, rotating through the tape driving device
driven by a motor, and generating a strong centrifugal force in classification
chamber. The gas and powder mixture in the classification chamber is af-
fected by the centrifugal force. Large or heavy particles greatly affected by
centrifugal force are thrown to the edge of the classification chamber, and
are no longer affected by the centrifugal force. After falling down naturally,
they will be collected as coarse powder and discharged from the pipe for
coarse powder; small or light materials slightly affected by the centrifugal
force will hover in the classification chamber, brought to the high by the
airstream, and then graded or collected within the next component as
moving along the pipeline. The centrifugal force in the classification cham-
ber can be adjusted by adjusting the rotating speed through the frequency converter, so as to achieve the material clas-
sification with specified particle size.
Features
With the main features of low energy consumption, large processing capacity, and flexible combination structure, the
separator can be exchanged with fluidized bed grinder to be crushing classifier, or combined with rough pulverizers
such as Raymond mill, ball mill and roller-crushing to separate the ultrafine powder, which plays a role in low energy
consumption and low pollution. It can also be directly connected with dryers, conveyors and automatic packaging ma-
chines in order to simplify production processes and procedures.
Application
It is applied for the ultra-fine grading of those materials that cannot be graded on a common sorting equipment, and
is especially suitable for processing those products that are strictly defined the maximum particle and required narrow
distribution density, such as TSP, kaolin, talc, barite powder, paint, mica, graphite, auxin, and aluminum hydroxide. It
can grade materials of very demanding granularity segment, and also can meet the requirements of purity and grain
shape. Typical materials: Copier toner, laser printer powder, pink cell phone batteries and industrial batteries powder.
Technical Parameters
Model φ1.5 φ2.0 φ2.5 φ3
Rotating Speed of Main Shaft (r/min) 190~380 190 190 190
Capacity (t/h) 12~16 21 33 48
Motor Y180M-2 Y225M-4 Y280S-4 Y315M-6
Motor Power (kW) 22 45 75 90
Blower Model 4-72-11NO.9C 4-72-11NO.10C 4-72-11NO.12C G4-73-11NO.14D
Blowing Rate (m3/h) 22280 37850 68020 96800
Full Pressure (kPa) 2.39 2.31 2.4 9 2.47
Rotating Speed of Blower (r/min) 1600 1250 1120 980

- 115 -
■ FEEDING
Heavy-duty Plate Feeder

Middle-duty Plate Feeder

Light-duty Slat Feeder

Chute Feeder

Disk Feeder

Pendulous Feeder

Electromagnetic Vibrating Feeder

Belt Feeder

ZSW Vibrating Feeder

GZG Inertial Vibrating Feeder


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ FEEDING

Heavy-duty Plate Feeder


Principle
The main work of the feeder is to make the motor power through reducer,
drive the connecting rod of the eccentric gear do the reciprocating motion,
and also make the pawl push the ratchet to drive the rotation of the chain
wheel. Thereby the intermittent motion of the chain plate will begin so as to
achieve the purpose of conveying materials.
Features
It can be installed both horizontally and slantly with the maximum slope
angle of 12 degrees. In order to avoid materials blowing directly to the feeder, complete unloading is not allowed in the
ore bin. The max feed size can reach 1000 mm.
Application
It is used for feeding the materials in ore bin continuously and uniformly to primary breaker in crushing & grading work-
shop in large mineral processing plant, and in cement or building materials department. The short distance transporta-
tion of the materials with big particle size and large specific gravity is also applicable.
Technical Parameters
Chain Plate Motor
Feed Capacity Overall Dimension Weight
Model Width Center Distance of Speed Power
Size (mm) (m3/h) Model (L×W×H) (mm) (kg)
(mm) Chain Wheel (mm) (m/s) (kW)
Gbz120-4.5 4500 6983×5228×2080 31279
Gbz120-5 5000 7593×5228×2080 33437
Y160l-4 15
Gbz120-5.6 5600 8183×5228×2080 34321
Gbz120-6 6000 8638×5228×2080 35900
Gbz120-8 1200 8000 ≤500 100 10533×5293×2080 41342
Gbz120-8.7 8700 11383×5293×2080 43164
Y180l-4 22
Gbz120-10 10000 12583×5293×2080 46962
Gbz120-12 12000 14653×5293×2080 51844
Gbz120-15 15000 Y200l-4 30 17658×5518×2080 62157
Gbz150-4 4000 Y160l-4 15 6613×5528×2080 33197
Gbz150-6 6000 8638×5593×2080 39787
Gbz150-7 7000 Y180l-4 22 9633×5593×2080 43352
1500 ≤600 150
Gbz150-8 8000 0.05 10533×5593×2080 45962
Gbz150-9 9000 Y200l-4 30 11683×5668×2080 50522
Gbz150-12 12000 Y225m-4 45 14653×5888×2080 59915
Gbz180-6 6000 8651×6463×2080 46840
Gbz180-8 8000 10533×6188×2080 51360
Gbz180-9.5 1800 9500 ≤800 240 Y225m-4 45 12033×6188×2080 57397
Gbz180-10 10000 12593×6188×2080 59632
Gbz180-12 12000 14653×6363.5×2080 66029
Gbz240-4 4000 6613×6718×2080 44780
Gbz240-5 5000 Y200l-4 30 7533×6718×2080 50737
Gbz240-5.6 2400 5600 ≤1000 400 8133×6718×2080 52447
Gbz240-10 10000 12593×6718×2080 76373
Y225m-4 45
Gbz240-12 12000 14653×6718×2080 85331

- 118 -
FEEDING

Middle-duty Plate Feeder

Principle
The main work of the feeder is to make the motor power
through reducer, drive the connecting rod of the eccen-
tric gear do the reciprocating motion, and also make the
pawl push the ratchet to drive the rotation of the chain
wheel. Thereby the intermittent motion of the chain
plate will begin so as to achieve the purpose of conveying
materials.
Features
It is used for feeding the materials in ore bin continuously
and uniformly to primary breaker in crushing & grading workshop in large mineral processing plants, and in cement or
building materials department. The short distance transportation of the materials with big size and large specific gravity
is also applicable.
Application
It is suitable for short distance transportation of the block materials with feed size of 400mm or less. It is widely used
for feeding the materials in ore bin uniformly and intermittently to crushing or transportation machine in mine, mineral
processing plant, chemical industry, cement and building materials department. It can be installed both horizontally
and slantly with the maximum upward slope angle of 20 degrees. It usually applies to transport the materials with the
loose density of less than 2400 kg/m³, the block weight of less than 500 kg, and the temperature of below 400℃ .
Technical Parameters
Chain Plate Motor
Center Feed
Capacity Overall Dimension Weight
Model Width Distance of Speed Size Power
(m3/h) Model (L×W×H) (mm) (kg)
(mm) Chain Wheel (m/s) (mm) (kW)
(mm)
GBH80-2.2 2200 Y132M-4 7.5 3840×2850×1185 3722
GBH80-3 3000 0.01~0.053 ≤300 15~91 XWED106-385-4 4 4868×2705×1060 4014
800
GBH80-4 4000 Y132M-4 5640×2986×1185 5087
GBH80-5.8 5800 0.18 ≤300 15~91 XWED7.5-8215A-231 7760x2823.5x1321 6526.7
7.5
GBH100-1.6 1600 3240×3026×1235 3981
≤0.15 22~131 Y160M-6
GBH100-3 1000 3000 ≤350 4640×3114×1235 4548
GBH100-4 4000 0.01~0.053 22~131 XWED106-385-4 4 5648x2890x1160 5086
GBH120-1.8 1800 3440×3314×1235 3965
GBH120-2.2 2200 Y160M-6 3840×3314×1285 4238
GBH120-2.6 2600 4240×3314×1285 4572
4886(Exclude
GBH120-3 3000 300-400 35~217 XWED7.5-8215A-273 7.5 4960×3150×1434
1200 ≤0.15 Reducer)
GBH120-4 4000 Y160M-6 5640×3402.5×1285 6100
6350.6
GBH120-4.5 4500 XWED7.5-8215A-273 6460×3150×1434 (Exclude
Reducer)
GBH120-6 6000 300-400 35~217 XWED11-8225B-273 11 7960x3242x1434 8210

- 119 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Light-duty Slat Feeder


Principle
The main work of the feeder is to make the motor power through
reducer, drive the connecting rod of the eccentric gear do the recip-
rocating motion, and also make the pawl push the ratchet to drive
the rotation of the chain wheel. Thereby the intermittent motion of
the chain plate will begin so as to achieve the purpose of conveying
materials.
Features
It is used for feeding the materials in ore bin continuously and uni-
formly to primary breaker in crushing & grading workshop in large
mineral processing plants, and in cement or building materials de-
partment. The short distance transportation of the materials with
big particle size and large specific gravity is also applicable.
Application
It is suitable for short distance transportation of the block materials with feed size of 160 mm or less. It is widely used
for feeding the materials in ore bin uniformly and continuously to crushing or transportation machine in mine, mineral
processing plant, chemical industry, cement and building materials department. It can be installed both horizontally
and slantly with the maximum upward slope angle of 20 degrees. It usually applies to transport the materials with the
loose density of less than 1200 kg/m³, the block weight of less than 140 kg, and the temperature of below 350 ℃ .
Technical Parameters
Chain Plate Motor
Center Feed Size Capacity Overall Dimension Weight
Model Width Distance of Speed Power
(mm) (m3/h) Model (L×W×H) (kg)
(mm) Chain Wheel (m/s) (kW)
(mm)
GBQ50-6 500 6000 7476×2745×980 3894
0.16 60
GBQ50-9.5 500 9500 Y160M-6 7.5 10976×2720×980 5048
GBQ50-12 500 12000 0.1 41 14276×2790×980 6183
GBQ50-14 500 14000 160 60 Y160L-6 11 15476×2826×980 7315
GBQ80-6 800 6000 7476×3045×980 4274
0.16 Y160M-6 7.5
GBQ80-10 800 10000 107 11476×3045×980 5832
GBQ80-12 800 12000 Y160L-11 11 13476×3126×980 6556

- 120 -
FEEDING

Chute Feeder

Principle
This equipment is generally installed at the bottom of the outlet of ore
bin. The ore falls on the bushing at the bottom of the tank, which is
installed on the roller wheel, and connected with the double-shaft re-
ducer through eccentric gear, and then joined with the motor through
the coupling. In the operation, the motor through coupling drives re-
ducer, and the equipment and the drain cap between feed rack bottom
and roller wheel through eccentric disc will do reciprocating rectilinear
motions, so as to complete uniform feeding.
Features
Chute feeder can be set up on the ground, and also can be hoisted on
the outlet of ore bin. The motion of chute bottom slab is reciprocat-
ing, and the stroke can be adjusted by the eccentric wheel drive of
transmission, the eccentric distance of which is half of the stroke. According to some production practices in mineral
processing plant, the eccentric distance should be not less than 30 mm for sticky ores. The width of the chute feeder is
about 2-2.5 times the maximum particle size.
Application
It is suitable for short distance transportation of the block materials with feed particle size of 160 mm or less. It is wide-
ly used for feeding the materials in ore bin uniformly and continuously to crushing or transportation machine in mine,
mineral processing plant, chemical industry, cement and building materials department.
Technical Parameters
Outlet Dimension Max. Feed Size Feed Capacity Motor Power Weight
Model Motor Model
(W×H) (mm) (mm) (t/h) (kW) (kg)
CG300×300 300×300 50 10~20 Y90L- 4 1. 5 265
CG400×400 400×400 100 10~30 YCT160-4A 2. 2 640
CG600×500 600×500 200 10~50 1045
Y112M- 4 4
CG700×500 700×500 200 10~60 1100
CG1240×980 1240×980 350 36~90 Y160M- 6 7. 5 1710

- 121 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Disk Feeder
Principle
Bulk materials are put into the cylinder from the hopper, and stacked on the disk
by gravity along the cylinder wall. The clearance between sleeve and disk can be
adjusted by adjusting bolt so as to control the angle of repose on the disk. When
the disk rotates, materials are evenly scraped to the outside of disk by the un-
loading knife and fall into the hopper. The uniform feeding operation completes
with the disk continuous operation. Adjusting the clearance between the unload-
ing knife and disk can also control the feeding amount. In the operation, the mo-
tor through the belt pulley drives the rotation of the disk installed on the worm
reducer.
Features
This feeder is sturdy and durable with simple structure and convenient operation,
and is the best choice for the uniform feeding of all kinds of particle materials.
Application
As a kind of accessory equipment of transport machinery suspended on the steel structure and installed below the
hopper, it is used for the continuous feeding in the plants of mineral processing, smelting, cement, and placer, or in the
mechanized foundry.
Technical Parameters
Disk Diameter Rotating Speed Max. Feed Size Feed Capacity Motor Power Weight
Type Model Motor Model
(mm) of Disk (r/min) (mm) (t/h) (kW) (kg)
YG300 300 10. 0 0~ 1. 8 Y80L- 4 0. 55 115
YG400 400 20 0~ 2. 6 120
10. 7
YG500 500 20 0~ 3. 3 Y90L- 6 1. 1 124

Close YG600 600 10. 0 0~ 5. 0 130


Hanged YG800 800 9 30 0~ 8. 0 Y80L- 4 0.55 195
YG1000 1000 9 30 0~ 12 Y90L- 4 1. 5 263
YG1500 1500 7 40 0~ 22 Y132M2-6 5. 5 755
YG2000 2000 5 50 0~80 Y160L-6 11 2517
DK600 600 7. 53 25 1. 8~ 3. 9 410
Y90L- 6 1. 1
DK800 800 7. 53 30 3. 5~ 7. 6 600
DK1000 1000 7. 50 40 1.8~ 16.7 Y100L- 6 1. 5 725
Open
DK1300 1300 6. 5 50 4. 3~27. 9 Y132S- 6 3 846
Hanged
DK1600 1600 6 60 7.03~48.6 Y132M1- 6 4 1980
DK1800 1800 70 9.26~60 Y132M2- 6 3070
5 5.5
DK2000 2000 80 13.6~88.4 Y132M2- 6 3260

- 122 -
FEEDING

Pendulous Feeder

Principle
This equipment is generally installed blow the outlet of feed bin, from
which the ores fall into the feeding tank. In the operation, the motor
through coupling drive the rotation of worm reducer and the recipro-
cating motion of the swing base of feeding tank through the eccentric
wheel installed on the output shaft of the reducer, by which the even
feeding is completed. The regulation of eccentric distance by adjust-
ing the scale of eccentric disc on the eccentric wheel can realize the
adjustment of feeding capacity, which is also by adjusting the revolv-
ing speed of adjustable-speed motor to change the swing times.
Features
This feeder is sturdy and durable with simple structure and conve-
nient operation, and is the best choice for the uniform feeding of all
kinds of particle materials.
Application
As a kind of accessory equipment of transport machinery suspended on the steel structure and installed below the
hopper, it is used for the continuous feeding in the plants of mineral processing, smelting, cement, and placer, or in the
mechanized foundry.
Technical Parameters
Inlet Outlet Stroke of Feed Motor Rotating Speed
Frequency Max. Feed Motor Weight
Model (L×W) (L×W) Eccentric Capacity Power of Motor
(n/min) Size (mm) Model (kg)
(mm) (mm) Wheel (mm) (t/h) (kW) (r/min)
BG250×250 250×250 250×(30~125) 46 25 4.5 Y80L-4 0.55 1390 130
0~90
BG300×300 300×300 300×(30~125) 46 30 6.5 Y802-4 0.75 1390 272
BG400×400 400×400 400×(50~130) 0~170 45.5 35 12 Y90S-4 1.1 1410 558
BG600×600 600×600 600×(50~150) 0~157 48 50 40~80 Y100L-4 1.5 940 613

- 123 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Electromagnetic Vibrating Feeder


Principle
The feeding process of the electromagnetic vibrating feeder is
realized by the periodic reciprocating motion of the feeding tank
along the tilt direction driven by the electromagnetic vibrator.
When the vertical component of the acceleration generated by
the vibration of the feeder is greater than the acceleration of
gravity, the materials in tank will be thrown up, and carry on the
jumping motion forward in accordance with the parabola track.
The whole process completes within 1/5 seconds. Every vibra-
tion of the feeder can cause every forward jumping of the ma-
terials thrown up. In this way, the vibration of the tank with the
frequency of 3000 times per minute drives the materials thrown
up to jump forward correspondingly, and makes them move for-
ward evenly and continuously so as to realize the feeding.
Features
Simple structure, uniform feeding, good continuous performance, adjustable exciting force; change and control flow
at any time with convenient operation; the eccentric block as the excitation source has the features of low noise, less
power consumption, good regulation performance, and nonexistence of material clashing; the enclosed body can pre-
vent dust pollution with stable vibration, reliable operation and long service life; the vibration force can be adjusted,
and the flow can be changed and controlled at any time, which is convenient and stable; the vibration motor as the ex-
citation source has the features of low noise, less power consumption, good regulation performance, and nonexistence
of material clashing; simple structure, reliable operation, convenient adjustment and installation, light weight, small
volume, convenient maintenance, and dust pollution prevention when enclosed structure body is used.
Application
It can be widely used in the industries of mining, metallurgy, coal, building materials, light, chemical, electric power,
machinery, food, etc., and for feeding the materials in block particle shape and powdery ones uniformly and continu-
ously or quantitatively into the feeding device from the ore bin or hopper, also for automatic batching, quantitative
packaging, etc. In addition, it can be applied in the automatic control process to realize the automation of production
process.
Technical Parameters
Tank Dimension Feed Size Horizontal Feed Feed Amount Power Overall Dimension Weight
Model
(L×W×H) (mm) (mm) Amount (t/h) (t/h) (kW) (L×W×H) (mm) (kg)
GZ1 600×200×100 5 7 0.06 910×376×485 80
50
GZ2 800×300×120 10 14 0.15 1175×608×600 165.5
GZ3 900×400×150 75 25 35 0.2 1325×578×675 223
GZ4 1100×500×200 100 50 70 0.45 1616×762×814 462
GZ5 1200×700×250 150 100 140 0.65 1815×840×980 656
GZ6 1600×900×250 200 150 210 1.5 2410×10925×1500 1252
GZ7 1800×1100×250 250 250 350 3 2800×1330×1710 2017
GZ8 2200×1300×300 300 400 560 4 3302×1556×1995 3153
GZ9 2400×1500×300 350 600 840 5.5 3515×1776×2200 3750
GZ10 2500×1800×375 750 1050 4×2 3630×2500×2235 6491
GZ11 2800×2000×375 1000 1400 5.5×2 4060×2640×2919 7680
500
GZ12 3000×2200×400 1200 1500 5260×2860×2563 8840
15
GZ13 3200×2500×450 1300 1600 6394×3040×2864 9920
GZ14 3500×2500×450 550 1500 1700 18.5 7475×3802×3000 11000

- 124 -
FEEDING

Belt Feeder
Principle
The materials through the feeding hopper flow to the belt
surface of the belt feeder. With the rotation of AC adjust-
able-speed motor, the belt moves forward slowly, and the
materials on the surface via the head wheel flow into the
next process so as to realize the continuous feeding.
Features
There are two ways for production capacity regulation: One
is to adjust the rotating speed of AC adjustable-speed motor,
and the other is to adjust the insertion depth of control gate
installed on feeding hopper.
Application
It can be widely used for transporting all kinds of block and granular materials with stacking density of 0.5 - 2.5 t/m³ in
the departments of metallurgy, mineral processing, building materials, coal, water & electricity, etc.
Technical Parameters
Diameter of
Center Distance of Motor
Belt Width Head and Feed Capacity Feed Size Weight
Model Head and Tail Wheel Motor Model Power
(mm) Tail Wheel (t/h) (mm) (kg)
or Drum Wheel (mm) (kW)
(mm)
500×1000 1000 10~100 0~50 YCT112- 4B 0.75 266
500×1300 1300 10~100 0~50 YCT160 -4A 2.2 345
500×1500 1500 10~100 0~50 Y2.2-1.0-50-32 2.2 767
500×2000 500 2000 10~100 0~50 Y2.2-1.0-50-32 2.2 609.4
500×2800 2800 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 670
500×3000 3000 10~100 0~50 YCT160 -4A 2.2 697
500×4000 4000 219 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 736
650×1500 650 1500 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 610
650×2600 650 2600 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 636
650×4000 650 4000 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 893
800×2000 800 2000 15~150 0~80 YCT160- 4A 2.2 721
800×3000 800 3000 15~150 0~80 YCT200- 4B 7.5 857.3
800×4000 800 4000 15~150 0~80 YCT200- 4B 7.5 1012
800×4500 800 4500 15~150 0~80 YCT160- 4A 2.2 1200
1000×2000 2000 200~450 0~80 YCT160- 4B 3 1549
400
1000×2500 1000 2500 200~450 0~100 YCT160- 4B 3 2105
1000×6000 6000 200~450 0~100 YCT225- 4A 11 5214

- 125 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

ZSW Vibrating Feeder


Principle
The vibration exciter is composed of two eccentric shafts at spe-
cific locations in gear meshing way. Driven by motor, the two ec-
centric shafts rotate and generate resultant linear vibration force,
which impels the body to vibrate on the supporting spring. The
materials slide and takes throwing motion under the action of the
vibration. In this way, the materials move forward and feeding is
realized.
Features
With features of simple structure, easy installation, stable vibra-
tion, reliable operation, long lifespan, convenient maintenance
and repair, and easy automatic control. ZSW vibrating feeder
adopts double-shaft vibrator and linear vibration. With feeding and screening process finished at the same time, it
improves the utilization rate of the equipment and reduces the costs. It is not suitable for conveying sticky and wet
materials. It can feed the rough crusher continuously and evenly, at the same time, coarse screening of materials can
be processed. Variable-frequency and variable-speed motor can be installed, which regulates frequency, changes the
production, and is easy to control the feed quantity, without starting frequently.
Application
It is widely used as the crushing and screening combination equipment in the fields of metallurgy, coal mine, mineral
processing, building materials, chemical industry, abrasive, etc. This equipment is not suitable for transporting sticky or
wet materials.
Technical Parameters
Tank Dimensions Max. Feed Size Feed Capacity Rotating Speed of Motor Power Weight
Model
(mm) (mm) (t/h) Eccentric Shaft (r/min) (kW) (kg)
ZSW380×95 3800×950 500 96~160 800 11 4082
ZSW420×110 4200×1100 500 110~180 800 15 4149
ZSW490×110 4900×1100 500 115~192 800 15 4263
ZSW590×110 5900×1100 630 350~500 800 6130
22
ZSW600×130 6000×1300 750 400~560 800 7800

GZG Inertial Vibrating Feeder

Features
Inertial vibrating feeder with frequency conversion and speed regula-
tion has the features of advanced design, rational structure, adherence
to specification on various technical indicators, good performance, and
stable & reliable operation, the amount adjustment of which is long-
distance, online, smooth, and electrodeless.
The economic and social benefit are very significant with production
rate increased by 50%, electricity reduced by 59% or above, power
factor of 0.98, maintenance time reduced by 30%, noise reduced to 80
db, and the weight of equipment reduced by 50% or above.
Service Conditions
The environment temperature is no more than + 40 ℃ ;
When the environment temperature is 20±5℃ , the relative humidity of surrounding medium is no more than 85%;
There is no medium with serious corrosion and influence on electrical insulation.

- 126 -
FEEDING

Application
GZG series self-synchronizing inertial vibrating feeder can be widely used in the industries of mining, metallurgy, coal, build-
ing materials, light, chemical, electric power, machinery, food, etc., and for feeding the materials in block particle shape
and powdery ones uniformly and continuously or quantitatively into the feeding device from the ore bin or hopper, such as
crushing, coal preparation, screening, transportation, and packaging machinery.
Technical Parameters
Capacity
Tank Dimension (t/h) Vibration Double- Rated Rated Power Machine
Max. Feed Power
Item (W×L×H) Frequency Amplitude Voltage Current Frequency Weight
-10 Size (mm) (kW)
(mm) Level (min-1) (mm) (V) (A) (Hz) (kg)
Degree
GZG403 400×1000×200 30 40 100 4 2×0.73 2×0.25 171
GZG503 500×1000×200 60 85 150 4 2×0.73 2×0.25 265
GZG633 630×1250×250 110 150 200 4 2×1.53 2×0.55 379
GZG703 700×1029×250 120 170 200 4 2×1.53 2×0.55 389
GZG803 800×1500×315 160 230 250 4 2×1.95 2×0.75 563
GZG903 900×1483×250 180 250 250 4 2×2.71 2×0.75 613
GZG1003 1000×1750×250 270 380 300 4 2×2.71 2×1.1 762
1450
GZG1103 1100×1673×250 300 420 300 4 2×2.71 2×1.1 854
GZG1253 1250×2000×315 460 650 350 4 2×3.51 2×1.5 1099
GZG1303 1300×2040×300 480 670 350 4 2×3.51 2×1.5 1117
GZG1503 1500×2250×300 720 1000 500 3 2×5.91 2×2.2 1503
GZG1603 1600×2500×315 770 1100 500 4 2×6.82 2×3.0 1555
GZG1803 1800×2325×375 900 1200 500 3 2×6.82 2×3.0 2350
GZG2003 2000×3000×400 1000 1400 500 2.5 2×6.82 2×3.0 2705
GZG705 700×1029×250 130 180 200 5 2×1.66 2×0.55 385
380 50
GZG805 800×1500×250 170 250 250 5 2×1.66 2×0.55 510
GZG905 900×1483×250 200 270 250 5 2×1.66 2×0.55 561
GZG1005 1000×1750×250 290 410 300 5 2×2.14 2×0.75 652
GZG1105 1100×1637×250 320 450 300 5 2×2.97 2×1.1 795
GZG1255 1250×2000×315 500 700 350 5 2×2.97 2×1.1 1002
GZG1305 1300×2040×300 520 720 350 5 2×3.84 2×1.5 1070
GZG1505 1500×2250×300 780 1080 500 5 2×5.55 2×2.2 1414
960
GZG1605 1600×2500×315 830 1190 500 5 2×5.55 2×2.2 1720
GZG1805 1800×2325×375 970 1320 500 5 2×7.28 2×3.0 2288
GZG1256 1250×2000×315 500 700 350 5 2×3.84 2×1.5 1081
GZG1306 1300×2040×300 520 730 350 5 2×3.84 2×1.5 1117
GZG1506 1500×2250×300 780 1080 500 5 2×5.55 2×2.2 1654
GZG1606 1600×2500×315 830 1190 500 5 2×5.55 2×2.2 1720
GZG1806 1800×2325×375 970 1300 500 5 2×9.56 2×4.0 2985
GZG2006 2000×3000×400 1300 1800 500 5 2×9.56 2×4.0 3166

- 127 -
■ TRANSPORTING
TD75 Belt Conveyor

DT Ⅱ Belt Conveyor

Belt Conveyor with Waved Guard Side

Movable Belt Conveyor

Bucket Lifter

Screw Conveyor

Narrow Gauge Wagon


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ TRANSPORTING

TD75 Belt Conveyor

Principle
Belt conveyor is mainly composed of two end rollers and the closed belt
which tightly set on it. The one driving the conveyor belt is named as the
driving roller; the other one only used for changing the motion direc-
tion of the conveyor belt is named as the bend roller. The driving roller
is drived by the motor through the reducer while the conveyor belt is
dragged by the friction between the driving roller and the conveyor belt.
The driving roller is generally installed on the discharging side to increase
the traction and convenience to drug. Materials are fed by the feeding
end, dropped on the conveyor belt, and discharged by the discharging
end which is driven by the conveyor belt friction.
Features
TD75 belt conveyor is a general series product of belt conveyor.
Application
Widely used in the fields of chemical, coal, metallurgy, mine, power, light, food, transportation, etc. Applied to convey
bulk materials with loose density of 0.5-2.5 t/m2 and unit goods.
Technical Features
The unit weight of materials conveyed by the TD75 belt conveyor should be less than 2.5 t/m3.
This series is divided into six specifications including 500 mm, 650 mm, 800 mm, 1000 mm, 1200 mm, and 1400 mm by
the bandwidth.
Divided into 1.5 kW, 2.2 kW, 3 kW, 4 kW, 5.5 kW, 7.5 kW, 11 kW, 15 kW, 18.5 kW, 22 kW, 30 kW, 40 kW, etc. by the
driving power.
Divided into 0.8m/s, 1.0 m/s, 1.25 m/s, 1.6 m/s, 2.0 m/s, 2.5 m/s, 3.15 m/s, 4 m/s, etc., by the belt speed.
Refer to the following table for the max. conveying capacity of this series.
Technical Parameters
Belt Width B (mm)
Carrying Idler Type Belt Speed (m/s) 500 650 800 1000 1200 1400
Conveying Capacity Q (t/h)
0.8 78 131 — — — —
1.00 97 164 278 435 655 891
1.25 122 206 348 544 819 1115
1.6 156 264 445 696 1048 1427
Trough Idler
2.0 191 323 546 853 1284 1748
2.5 232 391 661 1033 1556 2118
3.15 824 1233 1858 2528
4.0 2202 2995
The conveying capacity in the table is calculated under the condition of γ=1 t/m3 for the material density, 0°-7° for the conveyor inclination
angle, and 30° for the material accumulation angle.

- 130 -
TRANSPORTING

DT Ⅱ Belt Conveyor

Principle
DT Ⅱ belt conveyor is a general series product, and it can be widely used
in the industries such as metallurgy, mine, coal, port, power station,
building materials, chemical, light and oil. The transportation system
combined by single or multiple machines is used for conveying materials
and applied to convey bulk materials with loose density of 500-2500 kg/
m³ and unit goods
The suitable working environment temperature for DT Ⅱ belt conveyor
is generally -25 ~ +40 ℃ . It is required that the materials temperature
shall not be higher than 70℃ ; heat-resistant materials under 120℃ can
be conveyed by heat-resistant rubber belt conveyor while it is unfavor-
able for materials at a higher temperature. Oil-resistant, acid and alkali
resistant rubber belt type plastic belt should be applied to convey materials with acidity, alkalinity, oil and organic sol-
vents.
DT Ⅱ belt conveyor shall be designed according to component series. Designers can select models and designs accord-
ing to the technological requirements for conveying, different terrains, and different operating conditions, then com-
bine into the whole conveyor. This series of components can meet the requirements of horizontal and inclined convey-
ing, and it can also apply the conveying form which combines concave arc, segmental arc and straight line.
The size of materials allowed to convey by the conveyor depends on the belt width, belt speed, trough angle, and incli-
nation angle, and also depends on the frequency of big size materials appearance.
Technical Parameters
Model DT Ⅱ 500 DT Ⅱ 650 DT Ⅱ 800 DT Ⅱ 1000 DT Ⅱ 1200 DT Ⅱ 1400
Belt Width (mm) 500 650 800 1000 1200 1400
Max. Size (mm) 100 150 200 300 350 350
Belt Speed (m/s) 0.3~1.6 0.3~2.0 0.5~2.5
Conveying Capacity (m³/h) 25~138 48~254 75 ~396 121~810 296~1485 412~2065

- 131 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Belt Conveyor with Waved Guard Side


Principle
“Guard machine” or “high inclination angle belt conveyor” for short, with the
advantages of simple structure, reliable operation, and convenient mainte-
nance of general conveyor, and the features of high inclination angle conveying,
compact structure, less land occupation, is the ideal equipment for high inclina-
tion angle conveying (even for vertical conveying ). It is widely used in the fields
of coal, metallurgy, building, food, chemical, power, etc., and is also applied to
the underground mining, open-pit mining, large self-unloading ship, etc.
Features
With high conveying angle, which can be up to 90°, it is the ideal equipment of
the high inclination angle conveying and vertical ascension, which saves land
occupation, equipment investment and construction cost, thus obtains good comprehensive economic benefit.
Simple structure. The main components are available for general belt conveyor, which is convenient for operation and
maintenance.
Reliable operation. Avoid the chain-block, chain-floatation, chain-scission of buried scraper conveyor and skid, bucket-
off of bucket elevator.
Stable operation and less noise.
As there is no digging resistance of loading and internal friction of running, the energy consumption is low.
Horizontal conveying section of any length can be set at the start and end part of vertical guard machine, which is con-
venient for the connection with other equipment.
Conveying capacity Qv under various parameters while belt speed is 1m/s
Belt Width (mm) 500 650 800
Guard Side Height
80 120 160 80 120 160 120 160 200
(mm)
Baffle Distance
126 252 126 252 378 252 378 126 252 126 252 378 252 378 126 252 378 252 378 252 378 504
(mm)
30° 39 21 — 52 34 65 45 59 32 — 78 52 105 73 — 99 65 136 94 — 148 113
40° 31 16 — 40 26 52 34 47 24 — 60 40 85 56 — 76 50 110 72 — 114 87
Dip Angle 50° 25 13 60 32 — 42 27 37 19 90 48 — 68 45 113 60 — 88 58 139 91 —
(β) 60° 20 11 50 26 — 34 23 31 16 75 39 — 55 36 95 49 — 72 47 113 74 —
70° 17 — 41 21 — 28 18 25 — 62 32 — 45 30 77 40 — 58 38 92 61 —
90° 10 — 25 — — 17 — 15 — 38 — — 28 — 47 — — 36 — 57 37 —
Belt Width (mm) 1000 1200
Guard Side Height (mm) 160 200 240 160 200 240 300
Baffle Distance (mm) 252 378 252 378 504 252 378 504 252 378 252 378 504 252 378 504 336 504
30° 186 129 — 207 159 — 283 229 223 154 — 250 191 — 342 278 410 350
40° 150 99 — 160 122 — 231 176 180 118 — 193 147 — 280 213 352 276
50° 120 79 195 128 — — 185 141 144 95 235 154 — — 224 170 290 221
Dip Angle (β)
60° 98 64 159 105 — 229 151 — 117 77 191 126 — 278 183 — 237 180
70° 80 52 130 85 — 187 123 — 96 63 156 103 — 226 149 — 193 147
90° 49 — 80 52 — 115 76 — 59 — 96 63 — 139 91 — 118 90
Belt Width (mm) 1400 1600
Guard Side Height
200 240 300 400 200 240 300 400
(mm)
Baffle Distance
252 378 504 252 378 504 336 504 420 504 252 378 504 252 378 504 336 504 420 504
(mm)
30° 299 229 — 422 342 512 437 780 707 — 355 272 — 501 406 614 525 940 852
——
40° 231 175 — 345 262 440 345 709 614 — 274 208 — 410 311 527 413 855 740
281
Dip Angle 50° 185 — — 276 210 363 276 634 515 334 220 — — 328 249 436 331 764 621
229
(β) 60° 151 — 342 225 — 296 225 549 420 272 179 — 406 267 — 355 270 662 507
187
70° 123 — 279 184 — 241 183 451 343 222 146 — 331 218 — 289 220 543 413
115
90° 75 — 171 113 — 148 112 277 210 136 90 — 203 134 — 178 135 333 253

- 132 -
TRANSPORTING

Allowable Max. Size and Max. Velocity with Different Belt Widths, Guard Side Heights and Dip Angles
Belt Width (mm) 500 650 800 1000
Guard Side Height (mm) 80 120 160 80 120 160 120 160 200 160 200 240
2.0 2.0 2.0 1.6 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
30°
100 120 120 100 140 160 140 180 200 180 250 280
2.0 2.0 2.0 1.6 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5
40°
100 120 120 100 140 160 140 180 200 180 250 280
1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.0
50°
80 120 140 80 120 140 120 140 180 140 180 220
Dip Angle (ß)
1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
60°
80 120 140 80 120 140 120 140 180 140 180 220
1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
70°
50 60 100 50 60 100 120 100 140 100 140 180
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
90°
50 60 80 50 60 80 60 80 100 80 100 140
Belt Width (mm) 1200 1400 1600
Guard Side Height (mm) 160 200 240 300 200 240 300 400 200 240 300 400
2.5 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15
30°
160 250 280 310 250 280 350 350 250 280 350 350
2.5 2.5 3.15 3.15 2.5 3.15 3.15 3.15 2.5 3.15 3.15 3.15
40°
200 250 280 310 250 280 350 350 250 280 350 350
1.6 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
50°
140 180 220 280 180 220 280 320 180 220 280 320
Dip Angle (ß)
1.6 1.6 1.6 2.0 1.6 1.6 2.0 2.0 1.6 1.6 2.0 2.0
60°
140 180 220 280 180 220 280 320 180 220 280 320
1.6 1.6 1.6 2.0 1.6 1.6 2.0 2.0 1.6 1.6 2.0 2.0
70°
100 140 180 200 140 180 200 250 140 180 200 250
1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
90°
80 100 140 160 100 140 160 200 100 140 160 200
Note: The upper part of the form is vmax(m/s), and the lower part is amax (mm).

- 133 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Movable Belt Conveyor


Principle
Belt conveyor is mainly composed of two end rollers and the closed belt which tightly set on it. The one driving the
conveyor belt is named as the driving roller; the other one only used for changing the motion direction of the conveyor
belt is named as the bend roller. The driving roller is driven by the motor through the reducer while the conveyor belt is
dragged by the friction between the driving roller and the conveyor belt. The driving roller is generally installed on the
discharging side which increases the traction and convenience to drug. Materials are fed by the feeding end, dropped
on the conveyor belt, and discharged by the discharging end which is driven by the conveyor belt friction.
Features
Compact structure, reliable performance, durable service, and convenient transportation.
Application
Widely used in the fields of chemical, coal, metallurgy, mine, power, light industry, food, transportation, etc. Applied to
convey bulk materials with loose density of 0.5-2.5 t/m2 and unit goods.

Technical Parameters
Model PY50 PY50 PY50 PY65 PY65 PY65 PY80 PY80
Belt Width (mm) 500 500 500 650 650 650 800 800
Belt Speed (m/s) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.6 1.6
Max. Dip Angle (° ) 19 19 19 19 19 19 16 19
3
Conveying Capacity (m /h) 80 80 80 135 135 135 262 296
Conveying Length (m) 10 15 20 10 15 20 15 20
Max. Height (m) 3.73 5.44 7.09 3.73 5.44 7.09 5.1 2.4
Min. Height (m) 0.5 1.27 1.27 0.5 1.27 1.27 2.9 3.0
Motor Model Y100L2-4 Y112M-4 Y132S-4 Y112M-4 Y132S-4 Y132M-4 Y132M-4 Y132M-4
Motor Power (kW) 3 4 5.5 4 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
Weight (kg) 847 1123 1540 1189 1950 2300 2700 3100

- 134 -
TRANSPORTING

Bucket Lifter

I D & HL Bucket Lifter


Principle
The code “D” of bucket lifter means belted, and the specification is represented by
bucket width. Compared with chain-type circular chain bucket lifter, it has the re-
markable advantages of various specifications, large conveying capacity, high lifting
height, stable and reliable operation and long service life. The centrifugal or mixed
mode is taken for discharge, and for loading material, or the excavated mode is
taken. It is suitable for transporting vertically bulk material with less abradability
and adsorbability, 1.5 t/m³ of bulk density, and powdery, graininess or massive-
ness such as grain, coal, cement and broken ore. It has high lifting height and the
material temperature is no more than 60℃ .
HL bucket lifter is suitable for the vertical conveying of powder, granular and small
pieces of materials with larger wear resistance, such as grains, coal, cement and
broken ores. The max. lifting height is 40 m. The features include simple structure,
stable operation, drawing out material loading and mixed or gravity discharge.
Combination sprocket equipped on the rim is easy to change, and the lifespan of
the chain is long after special processing. The lower part applies gravity automatic
tensioning device, which can keep constant tension and avoid slipping or chain off, and also can effectively protect the
moving parts while the bucket is blocked. The material temperature is no more than 250℃ .
Technical Parameters
Model D160 D250 D350 D450 HL250 HL300 HL400
Material Temperature (Ordinary (Ordinary (Heat-Proof (Heat-Proof Higher Higher than Higher than
(℃) Belt) Belt) Belt) Belt) than Type D Type D Type D
S Bucket Conveying Capacity
8 21.6 42 70 22 28 47
(m3/h)
Q Bucket Conveying Capacity
3.1 11.8 25 48 12 16 30
(m3/h)
Max. Material Block Size (mm) 25 35 45 55 35 40 50
Min. Motor Power (kW) 2.2 3 5.5 7.5 4 5.5 5.5
Max. Motor Power (kW) 7.5 7.5 10 10 7.5 10 10
Min. Height of
4820 4480 4300 4540 4480 4660 4520
Bucket Lifter (mm)
Max. Height of
30020 30080 30300 29500 30080 30160 30320
Bucket Lifter (mm)
Height Grading (mm) 300 400 500 640 400 500 600
Central Height of
530 620 650 800 620 650 800
Tension Roller (mm)
Driving Part Height of
453 503 550 650 503 600 654
Chassis (mm)
45° Height of Inlet (mm) 1050 1250 1440 1630 1250 1300 1630
60° Height of Inlet (mm) 1310 1540 1770 2000 1540 2280 2670
45° Discharging
800 900 1100 1200 900 1120 1200
Outlet Depth (mm)
Horizontal Discharging
855 960 1170 1800 960 1190 1280
Outlet Depth (mm)
Side Chassis Dimension (mm) 456 586 710 858 568 638 758
End Chassis Dimension (mm) 906 1106 1236 1458 1106 1338 1458
Max. Dimension of
1060×293 1361×365 1521×423 1682×486 1361×365 1512×401 1632×461
Driving Part Side (mm)
Max. Dimension of
906×800 1281×936 1358×1122 1470×1303 1281×936 1362×1172 1470×1294
Driving Part End (mm)

- 135 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

II TH Bucket Lifter

Principle
The bucket scoops materials up from the storage, ascends to the top with conveyor
belt or chain, passes around the top wheel, then turns down, and the bucket lifter will
pour the materials into the receiver tank. The driving belt of bucket lifter applies rub-
ber belt, installed under or on the transmission roller and on both sides of the bend
roller. Generally, there are two parallel transmission chains equipped on the chain
bucket lifter, one side is a pair of driving sprocket, and the other side is band sprocket.
The bucket lifter is equipped with a chassis to prevent the dust floatation in it.
Features
TH series is a kind of circular chain bucket lifter with mixed or gravity discharge and
excavating material loading. The traction parts adopt high quality alloy steel and high
circular chain. The central case has two forms including single channel and double
channels, and is the automatic constant tension of the weight box in the machine. The
chain wheel adopts the changeable combined structure of rim with long service life
and easy change of rims. The lower part applies gravity automatic tensioning device,
which can keep constant tension and avoid slipping or chain-off, and also can effective-
ly protect the components such as the lower shaft when the bucket is blocked caused
by accidental factors.
Application
TH bucket lifter is suitable for conveying powder, granular and small pieces of materials without wear resistance or with
small wear resistance.
Technical Parameters
Model TH315 TH400 TH500 TH630 TH800 TH100
3
Bucket Type (m /h) Zh Sh Zh Sh Zh Sh Zh Sh Zh Sh Zh Sh
Conveying Capacity (mm) 35 60 60 94 75 118 114 185 146 235 235 365
Hopper Width (mm) 315 400 500 630 800 1000
Hopper Hopper Volume (L) 3.75 6 5.9 9.5 9.3 15 14.6 23.6 23.3 37.5 37.6 58
Hopper Pitch (mm) 512 688 920
Diameter × Pitch 18×64 22×86 26×92
Circular Number 7 7 7
Chain Hopper
Number of Chain 2 2 2
Single Breaking Load (kN) > 320 > 480 > 570
Pitch Diameter of Chain Wheel (mm) 630 710 600 900 1000 1250
Hopper Running Speed (m/s) 1.1 1.5 1.6
Revolution of Main Shaft (r/min) 42.5 37.6 35.8 31.8 30.5 24.4

- 136 -
TRANSPORTING

Screw Conveyor

Principle
It is composed of driving device, closed tank, and screw. The
materials in the tank are outputted by the screw rotation, and
the weight of materials and the friction between screw con-
veyor chassis and materials avoid the materials rotating with
screw conveyor blades.
Features
Simple structure, small cross section, good seal, reliable opera-
tion, low manufacturing cost, convenience for loading and un-
loading in the middle, and availability of reverse conveying, as
well as opposite directions conveying at the same time. Materi-
als can be stirred, fixed, heated, and cooled during the convey-
ing. Materials throughput can be adjusted through loading and
unloading valve. While materials with perishable, sticky, easy
to agglomerate, big size qualities are not suitable to convey.
Materials are easily broken, and the screw and tank are easy worn during the conveying. The unit power is big. During
the operation, the sealing of the tank and the proper distance between screw and tank should be guaranteed.
Application
Screw conveyor is mainly used for conveying powdery, granulated and small size materials, such as coal powder, soda
ash, renewable rubber powder, zinc oxide, calcium carbonate and small lump coal, while materials with perishable,
sticky, easy to agglomerate qualities are not suitable to convey.
Technical Parameters
Model GX15 GX20 GX25 GX30 GX40 GX50 GX60
Screw Diameter (mm) 150 200 250 300 400 500 600
Conveying Capacity for Magnesium Powder (t/h) 4.5 8.5 16.5 23.3 54 89 139
Conveying Capacity for Cement (t/h) 4.1 7.9 15.6 21.2 51 85 134
Conveying Capacity for Sodium Carbonate (t/h) 3 6.7 10.7 18 35.5 70 97
Width × Height (mm) 272×314 342×384 392×464 468×555 572×685 706×823 806×973
Shortest Layout of Inlet (mm) 190 220 270 300 350 450 550
Dimension of Square Opening of Inlet (mm) 170 220 270 320 420 528 628
Height of Inlet (mm) 75 100 120 140 160 160 180
Dimension of Square Opening of Outlet (mm) 176 226 276 328 428 536 636
Height of Outlet (mm) 135 165 195 225 280 340 430

- 137 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Narrow Gauge Wagon


Principle
The narrow-gauge railway transport vehicle is used for transporting
bulk materials like coal, ore, and waste rock, and is usually pulled
by winch or locomotive. Narrow gauge wagon can be loaded by ore
drawing gate or loader.
Rims are equipped inside the narrow gauge wagon wheels, and there
is a distance between rims and rails. Make the trade of wheels and
rails into cone, which keeps the wheels in orbit, reduces the mechan-
ical wear and tear, and lowers the running resistance.
Technical Parameters
Overall Dimension Ways of
Body Volume Max. Loading Gauge Weight
Type Model (L × W × H) Connection
(m3) Weight (kg) (mm) (kg)
(mm) Buffer
YGC0.5-6 0.5 1250 1200×850×1000 450
600
Fixed Wagon Box YGC0.7-6 0.7 1750 1500×850×1050 500
YGC1.2-6(7) 1.2 3000 600(700) 1900×1050×1200 720(730)
Rubber
YFC0.5-6 0.5 1250 1500×850×1050 590
Overturn Wagon Box
YFC0.7-6 0.7 1750 1650×980×1200 710
YCC1.2-6 1.2 3000 600 1900×1050×1200 1000
Single Bend Side Discharge
YCC2-6 3000×1250×1300 1830
2 5000 Spring
Bottom Side Discharge YDC2-6 3240×1200×1310 2320

- 138 -
■ DEDUSTING
RFS Bag Dust Remover

Chamber Jetting Bag Dust Remover

HE High-efficiency Dust Remover Assembly

CCJ/A Dust Remover Assembly

Spray Wet Dust Remover


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ DEDUSTING

RFS Bag Dust Remover

Principle
The dusty gas from the air inlet flows into dust remover, through steering gear, the air
flow direction changes and large particles of dust fall into ash hopper due to inertial
effect. The dusty gas that the direction has changed continues to flow into the filter
chamber, and the dust is blocked and attached to the surface of filter bag, then the
clean gas under the action of induced draft fan is discharged from the upper air outlet.
Features
RFS bag dust remover can be used with R Raymond mill to solve the afterwind dedusting
effectively with 99% in dedusting efficiency.
Application
It is widely used for dust collecting system in metallurgy, machinery, chemical
engineering, electric power, building material, cement and other industries.
Technical Parameters
Item Parameters
Pulverizer Model 3R2714 4R3216 5R4119
Dust Remover System Model R3 R4 R5
Airflow (m³/h) 1120~5600 1800~9360 4000~20000
Resistance (mmH2o) 80~300 80~300 80~300
Filter Area (m2) 39 66 140
Qty. of Filter Bag 24 40 72
Dedusting Efficiency (%) > 99.5 > 99.5 > 99.5
Ash Hopper Volume (m³) 1 1.5 2.6
Dust Remover Weight (t) 2 2.5 4
Model 4-72-11NO.4A 4-72-11NO.4A 4-72-11NO.5A
Fan Power (kW) 5.5 7.5 15
Rotating Speed (r/min) 2900 2900 2900

Chamber Jetting Bag Dust Remover

Principle
The dusty gas flows in from the air inlet of dust remover (from
ash hopper for 32 series), through inclined clapboard, turning to
ash hopper. At the same time, the air flow speed becomes lower.
Due to inertia effect, the coarse-particle dust in gas falls into ash
hopper, and tiny dust particles with air flow go up and into the filter
chamber with the dust attached to the filter bag surface. The gas after
purification passes through the filter bag and flows into the upper
clean room, then it is collected at the air outlet from each clean room,
and discharged into the atmosphere through the main air blower of
dedusting system.

- 140 -
DEDUSTING

Features
Combining the advantages of chamber separation blowback and pulse-jet for dedusting, it improves the disadvantages
of poor strength on chamber separation blowback and synchronous conduct of pulse-jet dedusting, which enlarges the
application range. With the features of chamber separation overall dedusting and use of large-sized pulse valve, the
dedusting ability of it is strong, the effect is good, and the service life is long. It is suitable for the management of high-
concentration dust with simple dust process flow and lower equipment investment. With compact structure, the product
occupies less area, which can reduce the investment and has significant environmental, social and economic benefits, filling
in the blank of gas shock pulse dedusting and reaching domestic advanced level.
Application
It is widely used in cement, metallurgy, machinery, chemical engineering and refractory material industries, and especially
suitable for crushing, packaging, roofing, and dedusting system of clinker cooler and all kinds of mills, as well as coal mill
dedusting. But if it is for the later, more attention should be paid to the flame and explosion precautions , and the dust
remover structure should also be changed. It also can be applied to gas dedusting with super high dust concentration. Such
as to grinding system of O-SEPA, the dust concentration is up to 1000 g/m3, and the cyclone dust collector used for roof
dedusting can be not equipped.
Technical Parameters
Parameters Airflow Velocity of Filter Area Qty. of Filter Resistance Dust Content Insulating Layer Weight
Model (m3/h) Filtering (m/min) (m2) Bag (Piece) (Pa) (g/m3) Area (m2) (kg)
FMPD32-3 6900 93 96 26.5 2880
FMPD32-4 8930 124 128 34 4080
FMPD32-5 11160 155 160 41 5280
FMPD32-6 13390 186 192 48.5 6480
FMPD64-4 17800 248 256 <1000 70 7280
FMPD64-5 22300 310 320 94 9960
FMPD64-6 26700 372 384 118 11640
FMPD64-7 31200 434 448 142 13320
FMPD64-8 35700 496 512 166 15000
FMPD96-4 26800 372 384 110 10452
FMPD96-5 33400 465 480 120 12120
FMPD96-6 40100 557 576 130 14880
FMPD96-7 46800 650 672 140 16920
FMPD96-8 53510 744 768 150 19810
FMPD96-9 60100 836 864 160 21240
FMPD 96-2×5 66900 929 960 175 25200
FMPD 96-2×6 80700 1.2~2.0 1121 1152 1470~1770 210 30240
FMPD 96-2×7 94100 1308 1344 245 35280
FMPD 96-2×8 107600 1494 1536 280 40320
FMPD 96-2×9 121000 1681 1728 315 45360
FMPD 96-2×10 134500 1868 1920 350 50400
<1300
FMPD128-6 67300 935 768 125 24120
FMPD128-9 100900 1402 1152 196 31680
FMPD128-10 112100 1558 1280 205 34680
FMPD128-2×6 34600 1869 1536 323 43920
FMPD128-2×7 15700 2181 1792 247 52680
FMPD128-2×8 179400 2492 2084 262 60000
FMPD128-2×9 201900 2804 2304 277 66480
FMPD128-2×10 224300 3115 2561 292 72000
FMPD128-2×11 247600 3427 2856 307 78480
FMPD128-2×12 269100 3728 3072 322 96400
FMPD128-2×13 291600 4050 3328 337 93600
FMPD128-2×14 314000 4361 3584 252 100800

- 141 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

HE High-efficiency Dust Remover Assembly

Principle
The dusty gas flows into centrifugal dust remover
along tangential direction, and under the action of Clean Air
centrifugal force, the big-particle dust is separated
out. The dusty gas with fully atomized water goes into Fan
wet dynamic washing blower, then crashes, collects Upper Shell
and washes together. The gas after purification is (Gas-water Separator)
dewatered and discharged out due to centrifugal Motor
effect in gas-water separator. Lower Shell
Features
The specialized wet mixing dynamic blower has super Dusty Gas
high dedusting efficiency.
The spiral solid nozzle is taken for water spray system
with good atomization effect.
For 1-2 μm super fine dust, the dedusting efficiency is
Sewage
up to 99%.
With low requirement of water quality, the solid content can be ≤150 mg/L.
The adaptive range of water pressure is big within the range of 0.2-0.5 MPa.
It can be suitable for all kinds of bad environment of high temperature, humidity, dust concentration, and viscosity.
Application
It is suitable for all kinds of non-hydrophobic dusty gas purification in industries of mining, metallurgy, chemical
engineering, power generation, and cement.
Technical Parameters
Model Air Volume (m³/h) Margin Blast Pressure (Pa) Water Consumption (t/h) Motor Power (kW)
HE09 4000~6000 1 15
HE12 9000~12000 1.8 22
HE16 14000~21000 3.1~4 37
HE18 23000~26000 4.6~5.2 55
1000~1400
HE22 29000~36000 5.8~7.2 75
HE24 39000~46000 7.8~9.2 90
HE27 49000~66000 9.8~13.2 110
HE32 69000~76000 13.8~15.2 160

- 142 -
DEDUSTING

CCJ/A Dust Remover Assembly


Principle
The dusty gas is sucked to the inlet of dust remover by fan. The airflow turns down
and impacts on water surface, and part of larger dust particles flow into the water.
While dusty gas gets through "S" shaped channel between upper and lower blade
by the speed of 18-35m/s, a lot of spray is stirred up, and after a good contact with
moisture, most of fine dust particles are mixed into water, which fully purified the
dusty gas. After getting through the "S" shaped channel, the dust water returns to
funnel due to the effect of centrifugal force. After removed water droplets by fog
chamber water fender, the purified gas is exhausted from dust removal unit by net
gas outlet and fan, while the slurry is discharged regularly slurry discharging valve
of funnel.
Features
The arc-shaped upper blade speeds up the gas impacting water surface, and dust
removal effect of large particles is good.
"S" shaped channel fully mixes up water and gas, and ultrafine particles are fully
purified.
The overflow tank cover is equipped with water level automatic control device, to keep water surface elevation in the
best range and ensure efficient processing capacity and water conservation.
Application
This unit is suitable for a wide range, and it can be applied to purify dust gas which is non-fibrous, non-corrosive with
the temperature of no higher than 300 ℃ . It is applicable to industries such as metallurgical, mining, coal, chemical,
foundry, power generation, building materials and refractory materials. It also has a good dedusting effect in the
viscous transportation system.
Technical Parameters
Model
CCJ/A-5 CCJ/A-7 CCJ/A-10 CCJ/A-14 CCJ/A-20 CCJ/A-30 CCJ/A-40 CCJ/A-60
Matching Data
Blast Capacity
5000 7000 10000 14000 20000 30000 40000 60000
(m³/h)
Equipment
Dust
Resistance 100~160
Remover
(mmH2O)
Purification
>99
Efficiency (%)
Model 4A 4.5A 5A 6C 8C 8C 10C 12C
Revolu-
tion 2900 2900 2900 2240 1600 1800 1250 1120
(r/min)
4 - 7 2 - Blast
Ⅱ Fan Capacity 4020~7420 5730~10580 7950~14720 11900~17100 17920~31000 20100~34800 34800~50150 53800~77500
Fan (m³/h)
Total
Pressure 204~134 258~170 324~224 272~229 252~188 318~241 239~190 277~219
(mmH2O)
Model Y132S1-2 Y132S2-2 Y160M2-2 Y180M-4 Y180M-2 Y200L2-2 Y225M-4 Y280S-4
Motor Power
5.5 7.5 15 18.5 22 37 45 75
(kW)
Evaporation
17.5 24.5 35 49 75 105 140 210
Water (kg/h)
Consum- Overflow (kg/h) 150 210 300 420 600 900 1200 1800
ption
Underflow (kg/h) 425 602 860 1200 1700 2550 3400 5100
Water Filling Volume (m³) 0.48 0.66 1.04 1.2 1.7 2.5 3.4 5
Unit Weight (kg) 791 956 1196 2426 3277 3955 4989 6765
Remarks Magnetic valve power of automatic water level control system is 80 VA.

- 143 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Spray Wet Dust Remover

Principle
XW superfine atomizing dust suppression technology is introduced from water
dust suppression and spray dust suppression technology, and the principle is
based on the theory that "probability of adsorption, filtration and condensation
is the largest while water mist particle and dust particle are similar in size." Due
to compression system, water mist particle of 1-10 μm is generated through
spray-head, and then thick atomization area is formed. Dust suspended in the air,
especially inhalable dust particles the diameters of which are less than 5μm can
be effectively adsorbed and condensed into a group, then settled by gravity, in
this way dust suppression is achieved.
XW superfine atomizing dust suppression system generates water mist particles
with size of mainly 3-20 μm having strong dust removal effect. It controls and
effectively solves the pollution of inhalable dust of less than 10 μm from the
pollution source, and effectively solves the present defects and difficulties of
unorganized emissions dust pollution treatment.
Features
Dust control is conducted at pollution source.
High efficiency of dust suppression: The treatment effect of inhalable dust less than 10 μm is higher than 99%, and
silicosis can be avoided effectively.
Water mist particles are 3-20 μm, thick and dense fog pool is formed at dust suppression point, to suppress dust
diffusion.
Small water consumption: The weight ratio increased by material humidity is 0.2%-0.5%, and there is no calorific value
loss for material (coal), no secondary pollution.
Small covering area; less equipment investment, and lower operation and maintenance costs.
Easy operation and fully automatic control.
Greatly reduced dust explosion rate.
With no effects on indoor temperature, and normal operation in winter.
Application
It is suitable for unorganized emissions, pollution sources of closed or half closed mining, metallurgy and cement and
explosion-proof occasions.
Technical Parameters
Model XW1/1 XW1/2 XW1/3 XW1/4 XW1/5 XW1/6
Power (kW) 1.1 2 3 4 7.5 11
Voltage (V) 380
Wire System of Inlet Wire Three-phase five-wire
Max. Spray Flow (t/h) 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.25 2 4
Water Inlet Dimension 0.5"/DN15 0.5"/DN15 0.5"/DN15 1"/DN25 1.5"/DN40 2"/DN50
Water Outlet Dimension 1/8"-1 1/8"-1 1/8"-2 1/8"-3 1/4"-2 1/2"-2
Outline Dimension (mm) 1400×700×1600
Feed Water Self-sufficient water tank adopts full automatic control.
Signal 4-20 mA Current signal
Control System PLC Programmable control system

- 144 -
■ IRON REMOVING
Electromagnetic Iron Remover

JTQ Metal Detector


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ IRON REMOVING
Electromagnetic Iron Remover
Model RCDA: Forced air cooling and manual unloading iron.
Model RCDA: Natural air cooling, manual unloading iron, strong antipollution
ability, high reliability and no fan noise.
Model RCDA: Based on RCDA but equipped with an automatic iron unloading
system.
Model RCDA: Based on RCDA but equipped with an automatic iron unloading
system.
Technical Parameters
Belt Width Excitation Power Hanging Height Thickness of Belt Speed Weight
Model Cooling Pattern
(mm) (kW) (mm) Materials (mm) (m/s) (kg)
RCDA-5 500 1 150 ≤100 450
Forced Air
RCDA-6 600 1.6 175 ≤150 620
Cooling
RCDA-8 800 2 250 ≤200 960
RCDB-5 500 1 150 ≤110 400
RCDB-6 Natural Air Cooling 600 1.6 175 ≤140 600
RCDB-8 800 3 250 ≤200 950
≤2.5
RCDC-5 500 1.2 150 ≤100 1100
Forced Air Cooling and
RCDC-6 600 2.0 175 ≤150 1300
Automatic Unloading Iron
RCDC-8 800 3.5 250 ≤200 2200
RCDD-5 500 1 150 ≤110 1000
Natural Air Cooling and
RCDD-6 600 1.8 175 ≤140 1350
Automatic Unloading
RCDD-8 800 3 250 ≤200 1600

JTQ Metal Detector


Principle
Effective anti-electromagnetic interference, suitable for magnetic and non-
magnetic mines and effectively detecting the ironware in the mines.
With alarm signals of sound and light, the orders sent by control cabinet can
control relative equipment.
Technical Parameters
Model JTQ-500 JTQ -650 JTQ -800 JTQ -1000 JTQ -1200 JTQ -1400
Suitable for Belt Width (mm) 500 650 800 1000 1200 1400
Long Shaft with Inner Bore (mm) 700 850 950 1150 1370 1590
Short Shaft with Inner Bore (mm) 330 330 370 410 510 610
Max. Sensitivity for Normal Ore (mm) 20~25 25~30 25~30 35~40 45~50 55~60
Max. Sensitivity for Magnetic Ore (mm) 30 35 40 50 60 70

- 146 -
■ AUTOMATIC CONTROL
Electronic Belt Scale

Numerical Control Agent Feeder

Flocculant Preparation Equipment

Auto-control & Measurement Device for Flocculant

Ultrasonic Slurry Concentration Meter


TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

■ AUTOMATIC CONTROL

Electronic Belt Scale

Principle
Electronic belt scale is a kind of newly developed product, and
has been applied to many mines. It obtained national invention
patent (patent No.: 201210507569.8) and utility model patent.
With modular design and a high precision single roller, avail-
ability for heavy load weighing, the belt scale can be used for
production process control and material loading control. With
control core of SIEMENS PLC, Swiss high-performance weighing
sensor and direct bearing structure, the stability and reliability
are greatly ensured and improved.

Structure Diagram Side View Enlargement

1. Counter-Balanced Carriage; 2. Mounting Plate; 3. Dynamic Connecting Plate;


4. Supporting Plate; 5. Pressure Sensor; 6. Static Base; 7. Sensor Base Plate

Technical Parameters
Model Suitable Belt Conveyor Load (kg) Setting Angle Belt Speed (m/s) Weight (kg)
PDC500 TD500 0~300 ≤±20° ≤3 40.5
PDC650 TD650 0~300 ≤±20° ≤3 43.6
PDC800 TD800 0~300 ≤±20° ≤3 47.8
PDC1000 TD1000 0~300 ≤±20° ≤3 53.5
PDC1200 TD1200 0~300 ≤±20° ≤3 59.6

Precision Better than ± 0.5% (Measuring Range 20%~100%)


Belt Width (mm) 500、650、800、1000、2000
Belt Speed (m/s) 0~3
Volume (t/h) Max. 1200
Rated Weighing of Single Weighing Sensor (kg) 150
Setting Angle(° ) ≤±20°

- 148 -
AUTOMATIC CONTROL

Numerical Control Agent Feeder

Principle
XHGY-B series numerical control agent feeder is the third generation product of Yantai Xinhai Testing and Control Co.,
Ltd. (Yantai Xinhai Mining Machinery Co., Ltd.) with the control core of Siemens PLC made in Germany, which strength-
ens the stability and reliability, and the display of high-end LCD touch screen, which is convenient for the operation.
Widely used in the precise quantitative control of flotation agent of black metals, non-ferrous metals, precious metals,
non-metallic minerals and coals, it can completely change the low recovery caused by manual-operated agent inaccu-
racy.

Features of XHGY-B Numerical Control Agent Feeder


The liquid level is controlled at the same level by height control valve, which ensures the constant flow when the sole-
noid valve is turned on.
The agent control points can be extended to 256 points, which satisfies the general grading of multiple valuable miner-
als of large processing plants.
The feeding dosage of agent for each point is 0-3000 ml/min (If it is necessary, by adopting big valve, the single point
agent feeding can be up to 5000 ml/min), and is suitable for the quantitative agent feeding for all kinds of acid-base
agents; for feeding of large amount of agent, it is required to apply metering pump.
Flow calibration, setting and modification can be performed through good human machine interface.
Multiple agent addition plans should be preset according to different mineral selections and capacities.
Statistics of single point shift and accumulative agent feeding can be made, and the agent dosage can be figured out in
category.
The errors between automatic agent feeding and actual measurements are less than 3%, but the precision is much
higher than that of manual operation.
Password protection is applied to parameter setting of each agent feeding point, which avoids random changes of the
parameters by people.
Safe and reliable: Power-off protection function avoids parameters resetting while the power on.
The system applies open and standardized structure, and the company intranet can be accessed by extended modules.

- 149 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Features of Equipment
Convenient maintenance: Special agent feeding magnetic valve ensures feeding pipes fluency, and avoids the blocking.
Stable agent feeding: Liquid level constant pressure device controls the liquid at the same level.
Process improvement: Conducive to the management of mineral processing technology, and convenient to adjust index of
mineral processing technology.
Economical and practical: Avoid misoperation of artificial feeding, stabilize processing index, and reduce the agent consump-
tion significantly.
Excellent structure: Agent container, constant device for agent liquid and all kinds of valves are made of stainless steel with
good corrosion resistance.

Principle
Pour the prepared liquid into the higher agent container (1), then the liquid flows into the lower agent container (6); be-
cause of the fluid level, the liquid level constant valve (4) keeps the liquid (in container 6) at a constant level, and the volume
of the liquid that flows through the adjusting valve 6 and valve7 depends on the opening of adjusting valve and the opening
time of control valve; and the opening time of control valve is automatically controlled by main machine.
Power Supply: AC220V Frequency: 50/60Hz Single-point Power 30W Operating Temperature: 0-40°.

To agent feeding position

To agent feeding position

To agent feeding position

Fig. 2.1 Structure Diagram


1.Higher Agent Container; 2. Ball Valve; 3.Connecting Pipeline; 4. Liquid Level Constant Valve;
5. Lower Agent Container; 6. Adjusting Valve; 7. Control Valve; 8. Liquid Buffer
Notes: In the figure, Part 1, 2, 3 are provided by users themselves, and part 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 are provided as the attachment of the machine.

- 150 -
AUTOMATIC CONTROL

Flocculant Preparation Equipment


Features
Applied for flocculant preparation of pulp thickening, sewage treatment
and other industries with the features of one-time preparation and con-
tinuous supply.
With automatic control and the concentration prepared according to the
flocculant type.
Secondary dilution can be carried out according to the capacity, which can
save agents and reduce product costs.
Stainless steel material.
Technical Parameters
Volume Agitation Power Feed Power Vibrator Power Pump power Flow Meter Flocculants Addition
Model
(L) (kW) (kW) (W) (kW) (L/h) (kg/h)
XUNJ-3000 3000 0.75×3 0.25 35 4 400~6000 0.4~4

Auto-control & Measurement Device for Flocculant

Principle
The device is composed of advanced flow metering device, intelligent control instru-
ment and frequency converter, and adopts PLC and frequency converter to control
the feeding and measurement of the flocculants.
Features
Feed the prepared flocculant liquid automatically according to the setting. Set freely.
Printable and cumulative.
Application
Widely used in such industries as metallurgy, mine, petroleum and chemical.
Technical Parameters
Max. Flow Rate Working Pressure Pipe Diameter Metering Ambient Electric Power Power of Metering
Model
(t/h) (MPa) (mm) Accuracy (%) Temperature (℃ ) (kW) Pump (kW)
DN15-25 0.6 ≤1.6 25 ±0.5 0~40 ≤40 1.5

- 151 -
TECHNICAL MANUAL OF EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Ultrasonic Slurry Concentration Meter

Principle
Specially designed for the concentration monitoring of the beneficia-
tion process, this online monitoring instrument can monitor concen-
tration changing from 0.2% to 80%, which provides reliable guaran-
tee to automatic control of the process.
Performance Indictors
Measure Performance Range: 0.2% - 80% (Measure range will be dif-
ferent because of different media and different sensor).
Resolution: 0.10%.
Precision: ±2.5% FS.
Calibration: Factory calibration, and site calibration is available.
Display: LCD screen showing date, time, measurements, historical
trend line, etc.
Output
Simulation Output: Isolation 4-20 mA, Max. load: 500 Ω with 3.8 mA or 21 mA available at failure state.
Relay Output: Upper and lower hysteresis alarm relay output (available for concentration control).
Relay Capacity: 2 A, 250 VAC.
Digital Interface: Communication interfaces RS-485, Profibus DP, MODBUS are optional.
Site Setting: Completed by transmitter button.
Power Supply
Alternating Current: 220 VAC±10%,50 Hz.
Direct Current: 24 VDC±10%.
Physical Properties
Transmitter Size: 256×270×139 mm.
Sensor Types: Submerged sensor, plug-in sensor, and pipe flange type sensor.
Material : Transmitter: Cast aluminium Sensor: Stainless steel.
Transmitter Weight: 1 Kg.
Sensor Weight: 0.5 Kg.
Sensor Cable: Shield cable 10 meters (Other length can be specified in the order).
Environment Performance
Protection Level: IP65 (transmitter) IP68 (sensor).
Operating Temperature: 0-60℃ .
Relative Humidity: 0-95%.
Working pressure: Max. 7.5 Bar.

- 152 -
Appendix

FLOW CHART OF GOLD ALL SLIMING CIL PLANT

153
SHANDONG XINHAI MINING TECHNOLOGY & EQUIPMENT INC. (836079)

Add: No.188, Xinhai Street, Hi-Tech Industrial Park, Fushan District, Yantai, China 265500
Tel: +86 535-6999907 Fax: +86 535-6300568
Web: www.xinhaimining.com E-mail: [email protected]

Machine parameters are renewed according to the continuous technology update, so this brochure is for reference only. If
you need the latest information, please call the Xinhai technicians. The copyright belongs to Xinhai Group. Any part of this
brochure contents should not be copied or used for any purpose without the written permission of Xinhai Group.

© China Print March 2016 Edition

You might also like